Watching For The Rapture – 1982, September

1982-09-Watching-For-The-Rapture

SAINTS: I WANT TO ASK YOU ONE QUESTION BEFORE I EVEN START TO DEAL WITH OUR ANNOUNCED SUBJECT. IN WHAT WAY ARE YOU, AS AN INDIVIDUAL BELIEVER, WATCHING FOR THE RAPTURE OF THE CHURCH? THIS SUBJECT IS VERY MUCH TALKED ABOUT IN OUR DAY, BUT SOME OF THE IDEAS THAT PEOPLE WHO CLAIM TO BE BORN AGAIN COME UP WITH, CAUSES ME TO WONDER IF THEY KNOW ANYTHING AT ALL ABOUT IT. EVEN SOME WHO YOU KNOW SHOULD KNOW BETTER, STILL SPEAK OF IT AS SOMETHING THAT COULD TAKE PLACE JUST ANY MOMENT. IT IS MAINLY FOR THIS REASON THAT I FEEL LED TO DEAL WITH IT AT THIS TIME.

I BELIEVE WE HAVE SUFFICIENT SCRIPTURES TO PROVE TO ANY REASONABLE THINKING PERSON, THAT THE RAPTURE OF THE CHURCH OF THE LIVING GOD CANNOT TAKE PLACE JUST ANY MOMENT NOW. ON THE OTHER HAND, THE MESSAGE IS NOT MEANT TO GIVE ANYONE ANY REASON TO BE CARELESS, OR SLOTHFUL IN THEIR CHRISTIAN LIVING, FOR THE LORD JESUS CHRIST MAY COME FOR YOU BEFORE THIS MESSAGE IS FINISHED. IF HE DOES, YOU WILL STAND IN THE RESURRECTION INSTEAD OF THE RAPTURE OF THE LIVING BRIDE. THEREFORE I HOPE YOU WILL ALL BEAR WITH ME AS WE LOOK AT THE MANY SCRIPTURES THAT SHED LIGHT UPON THIS SUBJECT.

TEXT 1 THESSALONIANS 4:13-18

In an age when so many people are talking about the rapture of the bride of Christ, the translation of the saints, the catching away of the church, and so forth, let us endeavor to make sure we understand the terminology, and also, exactly who it applies to. Many people in our day who claim to be waiting for the rapture to take them out of this world and into the presence of Jesus, could not possibly partake of that blessed event as long as they hold to their present theology and traditional beliefs. Jesus is truly going to to call some saints to meet Him in the air one day, and it probably will not be much longer, but not everyone that speaks of such an event will be a part of it, for the scriptures tell us that He will present to Himself a perfect church without spot, wrinkle, or blemish. That, of course, will rule out all those who are trying to make it in on grandma’s religion, or some Trinitarian concept of what the gospel of Jesus Christ is all about. Our title for this message, “WATCHING FOR THE RAPTURE,” speaks of something every true child of God ought to be doing. Not with a telescope, but with eyes of faith, and a steadfast confidence in our hearts. To watch for that which the word of God tells us is coming, is not just a privilege we have; it is also our responsibility. But our watching must be based upon something more than just the doctrine of the translation; it must be because our lives are being lived according to the revelation of the hour, and we are ready to meet the Lord just any moment. Now please do not take this to mean that I am expecting the rapture just any moment, for as we have said before, there are still a few prophecies of the scriptures that must be fulfilled before that blessed event occurs, but those who are ordained to be in the rapture will not wait until all prophecies are fulfilled before they begin to make themselves ready to meet the Bridegroom. Yes, that’s right; if you are among that number it will be because you have made yourself ready; the preacher cannot do it for you. Revelation 19:7 says, “Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honor to Him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His wife HATH MADE HERSELF READY.”

TRIBULATION SAINTS NOT RAPTURED

The rapture will be the glorious climax of a certain people’s journey through life and time. It will translate those who are ready into the very presence of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and they shall be with Him for ever and ever. But we are told to watch, and the Bible tells us how to watch, so that is what we are going to look at in the various scriptures we will read. Naturally we will be reading after the apostle Paul; for he was the scripture writer that had the revelation of how this journey will end for the bride of Christ. He did not have a revelation, or we will say His recorded revelation did not cover the foolish virgins that Jesus spoke of in Matthew 25:1-13, therefore what he wrote, was written to what he saw as the church of the living God, overcoming believers. He did not speak in a haphazard way. His objective was always consistent; and what he wrote to the various assemblies showed that he viewed all of them in the same light. It was he, who saw that there would actually be a translation of the saints. Jesus spoke of a resurrection for those who believed in Him, but He never gave any kind of order in which it would take place. Nor did He give any clues that would give anyone anything to go on; He only established the fact that there would be a resurrection. Therefore what Paul spoke concerning these things had to be spoken from a personal revelation given to him by the Lord Himself. There was no scriptures in the Old Testament that he could draw from as to the order of the resurrection, or the rapture of the saints, even though it did speak of a resurrection. Job, and David, and various others looked for a resurrection, but nowhere do we find any order given to it, or even who the beneficiaries will be, except in Paul’s writings, John, many years later as that first age was closing out, began to see things that would set in motion conditions which would enter in and run right on through to the end, making room for the fulfillment of what Jesus said about foolish virgins at the end time. In the book of Revelation, John tells of seeing a great multitude which no man could number, of all nations, kindreds, people, and tongues standing before the throne worshiping God, and he is told that this great multitude are those which have come up out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. Of course that scripture alone does not speak of foolish virgins, but when you read it with Matthew 25:1-13, and Revelation 20:4, you will see that this great multitude not only consisted of martyred Jews from the great tribulation, but it also included those foolish virgins, people that believed in God, looked for the rapture according to man’s traditions, and failed to make themselves ready to partake of that blessed event. We will see more of the conditions that actually set the stage for foolish virgins as we go into the message, but now, let us go to 1Thessalonians where we will actually begin our study for this message, “Watching for the Rapture.”

STRAIGHTENING UP A REVELATION

Here we have an assembly of saints that have been taught by the apostle Paul, but like everyone else, their revelation had to be tested. Conditions will always arise that will test our attitude towards the scriptures, and how they are to be applied to our life. Our faith must run in true continuity with the scriptures that are revealed in our age, and many times we have to be reminded to check up on ourselves, and see if we are truly following a genuine revelation. From what we read here in 1 Thessalonians, I would say that a lot of them had begun to question the loss of loved ones in death, for they believed that Jesus would return in their lifetime, and no doubt expected all the saints to live to see Him. They were looking for the rapture, but somehow they just had not been able to see where saints would die before it took place. Therefore I can hear them, Bro. Paul: What is the meaning of all this? What has gone wrong? Paul had laid a good foundation for their faith to rest upon, but time itself takes it’s toll, so Paul writes them this letter dealing with various phases of the Christian life, and finally comes to the part about the resurrection, and the catching away of the saints in chapter 4, verses 13-18, so let us read some of what he had to say there. After exhorting them on how to walk and grow in the stature of Jesus Christ, dealing with proper attitude and conduct, he approaches the thing that seems to be bothering them the most. Verse 13,”But I would not have you to be ignorant, brethren, ( What a statement. Yet this is common terminology applied to those who do not have a revelation of the Word of God. We are to be enlightened scripturally.) concerning them which are asleep, (dead) that ye sorrow not, even as others which have no hope.” Brothers and sisters, God intends for His true children to understand that which they have faith in. Of course there may be things written in the book ( Bible) in a mysterious way, but in every age God has always revealed to His true people what they needed to know to enable them to walk in the light of their age. Furthermore let me say this, God has never intended for anything to be written in a mysterious way, to confuse the saints. It is to hide truth from the world in general, so He can reveal it to those who love truth, and have purposed to walk accordingly. You can rest assured if you are walking in all the truth that God has revealed to you, that whatever else is destined to affect your life will be revealed to you also. Naturally we are speaking from the standpoint of a dedicated life of holiness before God and man, and not just that we may know something for the sake of telling it to show how much we know. I believe you understand. What we are dealing with here, is just some of the basic things that Christians are expected to grow in, as they take on the mind of Christ in their daily Christian walk.

THE FIRST RESURRECTION

Notice verse 14, “For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep in Jesus (saints that have died) will God bring with him.” Let us understand now, that when Jesus comes fulfilling this scripture, He will not be bringing any literal bodies with Him. When Christians die, their bodies are entombed, but their spirit returns to the great eternal God, who is Spirit, and therefore will be present with God in spirit form only, when Jesus comes for the resurrection of the dead, and the translation of the living saints. Alright now, verse 15, “For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are asleep.” You will notice that Paul is not giving reference to anything that he has read out of a book. He says this is by the word of the Lord, which means, by the word of revelation. What is revelation? It simply means that we now understand something that was previously unknown and mysterious to us. Paul had a revelation and could state positively that the living saints would not prevent, or hinder those who had not died in the faith from being resurrected when that time arrives, and to be in Jesus, is to be in Him by the baptism of the Holy Ghost, according to 1 Cor. 12:13. “For by One Spirit are we all baptized into one body, ( the body of Christ) whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free: and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.” People in former ages did not have end time scriptures revealed to them in fullness; they were only allowed to see a little profile. Full understanding is only imparted to the generation of believers that will be affected by the fulfillment of these various scriptures. In other words, They will be the ones that will see the real beauty of them. God has this thing so precisely worked out, that once a scripture is revealed to you, everything else that you may have believed about it suddenly becomes history. God’s objective is materialization, in the end, of all that the church has only been able to see through eyes of faith while on her journey through time. Let me say also, Here in verse 15, Paul is not talking about when Jesus comes to earth for the Millennium; this is when He comes to ressurect the righteous dead, and translate the living element of His bride into His very presence. This will be the 2nd phase of the 1st resurrection, leaving the 3rd phase to take place immediately following the great tribulation; for that is when those martyred saints that will be killed because of their faith during that dark hour of time, will be raised to reign with Christ and His bride for one thousand years. Going into the Millennium, only the wicked dead will be left in the ground, and they will remain there until the last resurrection of Revelation 20:11-15, the great white throne judgment, where all the wicked dead are resurrected, judged, and cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death. You will find verse 6, of that chapter saying, “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the 1st resurrection: (Those that were raised when Jesus arose from the dead, those that will be raised when the bride is translated, and those tribulation saints that will be raised going into the Millennium.) on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with Him (Who? Christ) a thousand years. So you can see that there will be saints from every age taking part in the 1st resurrection, and most of them have understood very little about this event during their lifetime, but that will not prevent them from being raised to reign with Christ in the Millennium. ( A lot of people feel that we should not teach anything about the Millennium, but what we teach comes from the Bible.)

CAN JESUS COME ANY MOMENT?

I have heard evangelists down through the years of my life, say, How many of you believe in the second coming of Christ? Well naturally that is the Christian’s hope, so then they would say, How many of you believe He could come just any moment? It was all designed to work on the emotions of the people and get them down to the altar boo-hooing. (crying) but in reality they had not been enlightened to one single truth from the Bible. People have been moved psychologically, to believe, or accept certain statements that had no scriptural authority whatsoever. Right here, I must say again as I have many times before. Jesus Christ CANNOT come just any moment to rapture the church. He can come for any individual at any moment, and that is why we need to be ready and watching, but that route will take you through the grave, and you will stand in the 2nd phase of the first resurrection when the time does arrive for the rapture of the church. This statement does not take from, nor add to that which the word of God proclaims; it just simply destroys a lot of evangelistic nonsense. Even Jesus Himself did not know the exact day and hour that the rapture would take place, but I assure you, He knew what would have to proceed the rapture in order for all of the prophecies of the scriptures to be fulfilled. Now some will say, But Bro. Jackson, if Jesus Christ was God, why would He not know everything? You must first understand that Jesus Christ was God in the sense that the great eternal Spirit, the Father of all creation incarnated Him, there at the Jordan River when John baptized Him. Therefore we could say that the Father in Him absolutely did know everything, and everyone that would ever breathe the breath of life, but from the standpoint of the Son, which was the flesh man Jesus, we would have to understand that there were some things that had not been committed to Him when He walked upon earth in His prophetic role. Truly He did say,”All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth” but that does not change, nor alter anything that we have said, and here is why. He was exercising Himself in His prophetic role then, He has been in heaven interceding for us in His role as high priest for almost two thousand years, and one day in the very near future He will don His kingly robe and fulfill those scriptures that proclaim Him to be King of kings and Lord of lords literally, instead of just spiritually, as He is to believers right now. So in each phase of His three fold office work He is invested with all power and authority in heaven and in earth in order to fulfill His redemptive work in the plan of the Father.

THE SHOUT

In the years prior to His first advent, some of those Jews might have thought that their Messiah could come just any moment, but you know, and I know that He could not come even one day before His appointed time, and that time was determined in the mind of the great eternal Spirit, His Father, the one who counseled with Himself before the world was ever created. On the other hand the very moment He arrived on the scene the Spirit of God announced it. Brothers and Sisters, these are some of the basic things that believers should be getting settled in their minds by now. Yes, He can come for me at any moment, but if He does, I will take my place among those that sleep in Jesus, and we will still have to wait until time itself has materialized to coincide with the mind of the great eternal Spirit. Therefore with this in mind, let us read verse 16, of our text, and please notice the three fold identify that Paul the great apostle to that first age, gives to His coming for the church. I believe Paul was actually seeing this in a visionary way. First he says, ” For the Lord Himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, ( and secondly) with the voice of the archangel, ( and thirdly) and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first.” This lets me know that when time has expired to the point for this event to take place, there is not one single thing that any man could do to hurry it up, nor to delay it, not even for one hour, for it is all activated from the heavenly realm. Now I realize that there is still a lot of confusion among the followers of Bro. William Branham‘s message about what the shout consists of, or what it is, but I will say this in defense of the scriptures, Whatever you term the shout to be, it is for one specific purpose, to get your attention. When you yell or shout at someone, it is to get their attention. That is why I am convinced that the shout has got to have a profound meaning, and that it is not to the dead, as many believe. If Paul here, was saying that the shout is what will get the dead out of their graves, then how could he justify what he said in Romans 8:11:? “But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, (there is your key; you must have that same Spirit dwelling in you before you die, that Jesus had dwelling in Him.) He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken (make alive) your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you.” Do you see what I mean? It is that Spirit in you, that is going to give life back to your dead bodies, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you, so just be sure you know that you have been awakened to the reality of what is about to come. Furthermore, be sure you do not wake up and head in the wrong direction.

THE VOICE AND THE TRUMPET

Saints, I want to use a certain term right here, but first I want to be sure you understand that I am not speaking of three persons of the Godhead as a trinity minded person might be prone to do, for we know that God is one. Now here is my point. It is the three personages involved in verse 16. First I want you to notice that it is the Lord Himself, the God-man, our Lord and Savior that gives the shout. That is to wake us up to scriptural reality. But the voice of the archangel speaks of another being. God has followed a pattern of having certain great events announced by the voice of an archangel. Gabriel announced the birth of John to Zecharias, and how he would fulfill his part of Malachi 4:5-6. He also announced to Joseph how the birth of Jesus would fulfill Isaiah 7:14, and announced to Mary concerning the birth of Jesus and of John, and so forth, but my point is, there is a phase two of the total event commonly referred to as the rapture, and that pertains to something that is to be announced during an interval of time between the shout and the last trump. In the first advent setting, neither John, nor Jesus came on the scene without it first being announced by the angel of the Lord. But who was the announcement to? Not to the world; but only to those that would be directly involved in the event. I hope you are getting this, for this lets me know that there is to be something announced pertaining to this event prior to its occurrence, and it will only be heard by those who are to particpate. The drunks in the local tavern will not hear it, and neither will the tares that my be sitting among the saints, but if that same Spirit dwell in you that dwelleth in Jesus Christ, you, if you are still alive at that time, will hear it, for it will be something pertaining to the total event that you will need to know. But now we come to the third phase, if it may be properly referred to like that. This is a little hard to express in a way that will give a clear picture, because this trump of God is not referring to the God-man Jesus. It is referring to the great eternal Spirit. For He is the one that has the last word in every event. Throughout the Old Testament you will find the trumpet associated with the voice of Jehovah. Maybe I can use a little illustration that will help. In the old U.S. Cavalry, then the commander had the trumpeter blow the charge, every last one of those cavalrymen knew exactly what to do, and that was their signal to commence. Likewise, this verse 16, will have its fulfillment in the same manner. How did those cavalrymen know what to do when they heard that trumpet blow? You say, Why, they had been taught what it meant. Al right we have the same situation here. The shout awakens an element of people spiritually, the voice gets them ready, and the trumpet turns it all loose. It is by the authority of the great eternal Spirit that the trumpeter is being held from blowing the charge, and He is the only one that can give the signal, or word of authority to blow the trumpet. Therefore Brothers & Sisters, it is not the shout that the dead in Christ will hear, and it is not the voice of the archangel that they will hear; all of this is for those who are still alive when time for this event corresponds with God’s perfect time table. But Praise God! When that trumpet sounds it’s blast, it will be heard around this world, and saints from all ages will come forth out of the ground. Hallelujah!! There is not one thing that any preacher can do to change the present physical state of the dead man. Furthermore, the dead do not have to worry or even think about when the rapture is going to take place. He does not have to lay there wondering, How am i going to have faith enough to get up out of this grave? No, He has been laid to rest, having the seal, the security, and the promise, that the same Spirit which raised up Jesus Christ will also raise him up when the time comes. That is why the Bible tells us that the Holy Ghost is our rest. He is the promise that fulfills all promises. Therefore those who hear the shout and the voice of instructions pertaining to that cherished event will be those who are still living, having the Spirit dwelling in them.

WE SHALL ALL BE CHANGED

Let us go to 1 Corinthians 15:51 now, where we find Paul dealing, not with the rapture, but with the resurrection of the dead. He says nothing whatsoever about a shout, nor does he mention anything about the voice of the archangel, for he is dealing strictly with the part that brings the dead back to life, the resurrection. Notice, “Behold, I show you a mystery: We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed.” Right here is where some people stop, for they go back and get the scripture where Paul, this same apostle, said to the Hebrews, in dealing with another subject, “And as it is appointed unto man once to die, but after this the judgment,” and they will say, The Bible says we are all to die. They never bother to get the setting; they only take the words that were spoken. But when you stop to realize that Paul was dealing with the penalty for man’s sin in the garden of Eden, then you realize that after the death sentence was imputed to mankind, that has been the lot of every generation since then. But when you go into 1 Cor. 15:51-58, Paul is dealing with a time when God is again going to change the trend of things, a time when death will cease to rule over mankind. He is talking about a day when ( Picture: The Modern Councils of Churches That Claim to speak for millions of Protestants) death is going to be swallowed up in victory. He says, I am going to show you a mystery; we shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed. He just puts the living saints, and the dead saints all together and says, We shall all be changed, and Praise God! We surely will. Now notice this next verse. He skips the shout, and the voice of the archangel, and goes directly to the sounding of the trumpet. ” In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.” He doesn’t bother to mention the shout, nor the voice of the archangel here, because he is dealing strictly with the resurrection of the dead, but you rest assured, that when that trump sounds for the change it will be both for the living and the dead saints. Revelation of the word of God comes when the Holy Spirit helps us put one scripture with another scripture until a complete picture is formed of the thing we are looking at. That is why we have no right to expect every little detail of any event to be covered in any one place in the scriptures. But Paul is the one that had the revelation of the resurrection, and of the rapture, and therefore we can put complete confidence in what he had to say about it. Please remember though, that the last trump he mentions here has nothing whatsoever to do with the seven judgment trumpets sounded to the nation of Israel, beginning in Revelation 8:7, to vindicate the ministeries of God’s two witnesses to them.

INCORRUPTIBLE AND IMMORTAL

Let us yet look at the remaining verses of 1 Cor. chapter 15, and notice what Paul says in connection with the trump he is dealing with. Verse 53, he is explaining the change, so notice. “For this corruptible ( the dead) must put on in corruption and this mortal (That is those who are still living but have a death sentence hanging over them.) must put on immortality.” Immortality means that the death sentence has been removed and those that are left alive shall never die. 54 “So when this corruptible shall have put on encryption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall it be brought to pass this saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory.” Praise God! Death is swallowed up in victory. For these, death will have no more hold, but death is not completely out of the picture, for there are yet many tribulation saints to be martyred in that dark hour of Antichrist rule upon earth. Nevertheless, for those that are changed according to the scriptures we have just read, death definitely is out of the picture. Therefore Paul went on to say, “O death, where is thy sting: O grave, where is thy victory? The stings of death is sin, and the strength of sin is the law. But thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.” Saints: There is total victory up ahead, so press on. Keep a strong faith in Him who is able to perform all that He has promised to them that love Him and follow His word. When the change is completed there yet remains the catching up, to meet the Lord Jesus in the air, to ever be with Him, and Paul says, that we should comfort one another with these words. That simply means that we should remind and exhort one another with the words of the believers hope that lies just ahead of where we are today.

DO NOT BE IGNORANT

Let us go back to 1 Thess. chapter 5, where Paul goes ahead saying, “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. (Naturally he is speaking of years and months and anything that would give anyone any reason to set a date for this blessed event to take place.) For yourselves know perfectly that they day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night,” To some this might sound like a contradiction to our remarks about the previous verses, but to whom will He come as a thief in the night? Certainly not to those who are scripturally watching for His return. It is the world in general that He will come like that. As for those who are awaiting His return, certainly some of them shall be asleep, taking their night of rest, for when it is daytime on this side of the globe, it is night time on the other side. That is the reason He said there would be two in the field, one would be taken and the other left. It would be daytime in their part of the world. But then, He went on to say that there would be two in the bed, one would be taken, and the other left. They would be on the night side of the globe. But that is not what Paul is referring to here. He is speaking of a time when the people of the world are so taken up with worldly concern, that they will not even know what is happening until the wrath of God is upon them. Let’s let Paul speak to us now. Notice verse 3. “For when they ( Who? People of the world system.) shall say, Peace and safety; then cometh sudden destruction upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape.” The world has never yet come to the place where they could say, Now we will have peace and safety. They have tried, and they are still trying to get a world peace agreement signed, so they can sit back and say, Well now, for the first time in the history of mankind we do not have to be worried about war. We finally have peace and safety throughout the whole world. They will have such a peace agreement signed, but do you know what scripture that will fulfill? Daniel 9:26, when the peace agreement is signed, with the Antichrist overseeing it, and controlling it. How long will it last? Three and one half years, and then cometh the great tribulation upon those that are left here after the rapture takes place. We will say more about that when we get into 2 Thess., where Paul actually speaks of this man of sin, the Antichrist, that shall be revealed. We have had our U.N. Charter, and ever since the miserable thing was signed, we have had more bloodshed and turmoil then whole world over, so it did not produce a condition of peace and safety. Neither did the European Peace Pact, the League of Nations, nor any other effort, but they were all forerunners of the one that will seem to secure a peace and safety condition for the world, but Paul says, When this condition finally does exist; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child. What woman is there among you that can predict the exact time that your travail pains will start, when your time for delivery is drawing nigh? In this case you would be looking for them, but usually when the first one hits, it startles you, so that is what Paul used to exemplify the suddenness, or sureness of the (the Contender, Bro Turners picture and comments)worlds pain of travail. Having to depend upon the translators choice of words, at times, is a little unhandy, but we are sure that Paul’s revelation was consistent, and in line with all other scriptures, so we must make the application according to the total picture instead of just one verse that might sound like sudden destruction would be immediately following such a peace pact. That is why Paul started out by saying, Brethren, I would not have you to be ignorant. He made sure that they had every opportunity to understand what the Spirit of God had revealed unto him. Therefore in verse 4, of chapter 5, he could say, “But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. No, it will not slip up on a rev elated child of God, for they will be watching the signs that forerun what the Lord will do, and when the rapture takes place, they will have made themselves ready to meet their Lord; therefore they will not even be here on the earth just prior to that destruction. They will be with their Lord in glory. Therefore I say to you here in Faith Assembly, Let your mind rest at ease in the scriptures, and avoid this condition of spiritual darkness that is upon so many church going people of the world. They take what Paul said about the rapture, and lay it alongside what John said about a great multitude that overcame the beast, and so forth, and they become completely confused. You can hear them talk, and pray, and they do not know if the bride will have to go through the tribulation or not. They do not know if the rapture could take place tonight or not and they do not know if the battle of Armegeddon is the same as the battle of Ezekiel 38 or 39, or not. That is why I have been preaching on this Ezekiel conflict, and that is why I have said, You, as church, are not going to leave here in the rapture until you have seen Ezekiel 38 or 39 fulfilled first. It is a Middle East setting, but there will be far reaching effects that may very well drastically change our lifestyle. Nevertheless when it is over, Bride, you can know that the coming of Jesus the bridegroom, is close at hand. But not before then. Hallelujah! Brother, that war will let us know that the word of God is being fulfilled according to prophecies that have laid right there in the scripture through the ages. But only right here in this last age, has the true people of God been allowed to understand the significance in God’s total plan of redemption and restoration. Why are we privileged to know these things? Because we will be affected by them, and because we are children of the light. Why are we children of the light? Because we have been born again. Saints of other ages had no need to know exactly what would precede the rapture of the church, but we do, because we are living in the age when not to know would leave us in darkness. 5 “Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober.

WATCH AND BE SOBER. That word sober, is usually associated with, and is the complete opposite of being intoxicated with liquor. To be sober is to have your right mind, and able to think properly. Therefore when you give verse 6, it’s spiritual application, “Let us not sleep,” it simply means, Be spiritually awake to all that pertains to your hour of time. He says, ” Let us watch and be sober.” Well, you have to be awake in order to watch, and you have to be sober, (serious minded, level headed, spiritually alert) in order to know what to do about what you see.

BE SOBER

Do not ever think Paul might not have known what he was talking about. He was so sure of what he taught, he could preach it, and then just sit down, cross his arms, and defy any man to preach anything different. In the Galatian letter, he wrote. If we, or even an angel from heaven, preach anything different (any other gospel) let him be accursed. 7 “For they that sleep sleep in the night; (spiritual sleep in spiritual darkness) and they that be drunken are drunken in the night.” In Revelation 17:1-2, we find John speaking of a great whore with whom the Kings of the earth have committed fornication, (spiritually speaking) and the inhabitants of the earth have been drunk with the wine of her fornication. (Her doctrines) This is a prevailing condition in the world today; but the true children of God are not a part of that spiritual darkness. 8 “But let us, who are of the day, be sober, (Not partaking of any of those doctrines of spiritual darkness; putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation. For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake (remain alive until the end) or sleep, (die, and must be resurrected)we should live together with Him.” The world is appointed to wrath and destruction, because their hope is wrapped up in man’s wisdom, and his great worldly achievements, but we that are of the day, (walking in spiritual light) have our hope in the integrity of the word of God that promises salvation to all who believe and obey God in this present life upon earth. armor of godOut lot is to be with Him while He is pouring out His wrath upon those who have ignored Him, or blasphemed Him. In the world of religion, there are those who are so uninterested they are not even drunk on the false doctrines of religion; they just want to be left alone, to sleep on in their spiritual darkness. But there are others that completely intoxicated with their doctrines and church programs in their state of spiritual darkness, and neither group has any idea at all as to whether the coming of Jesus is close at hand or not, from the standpoint of the scriptures. They have no spiritual armor whatsoever, but we are exhorted to put on the whole armor of God, keep awake, be sober, love one another, and comfort one another with the words of our hope of salvation, knowing that He who has called us into this glorious light, will perform all of His good pleasure on our behalf. We will not worry about our dead brothers and sisters who have died in the faith, for God will bring them with Him, and rejoin them to their resurrected bodies before anyone is caught up to be with the Lord. What a blessed hope.

WHY THE VOICE?

After Paul had no doubt received a reply to his first letter to the church at Thessalonica, it seems that he felt compelled to write them another letter in which he would go into more details, clarifying this subject of the resurrection and translation of the saints, and he refers to that event as, our gathering together unto Him. We are in 2 Thess, and we will begin with verse 1. “Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto Him, That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand.” Before commenting on these two verses, let me review a little of what we have already read from 1 Thess. 4:16, especially about the voice of the archangel. I consider it very important to our understanding these scriptures, to realize that there will be some saints alive at the end of this age, that will have something communicated to them by the voice of an angel of the Lord. I do not want to say very much about the shout, for we already have too many ideas floating around as to what the shouts consist of. But this voice of the archangel is something that carnal man cannot tamper with, nor duplicate. This voice is going to declare something to those living saints that will be partakers of the rapture. I mentioned this earlier, but now I want to explain exactly what I meant. The scriptures themselves declare that certain events will take place, even to the point of telling why, and in some instances even setting an order for them to occur, as in our text. But now, listen to me for a few minutes, and I will believe you will see something here. Just suppose that Elizabeth, after being barren for so many years, had suddenly began to feel a change in her body, without having first been told what to expect. She was an old woman, well past the age of childbearing; so what do you suppose she would have thought was wrong with her, when she began to feel that strangeness in her body, after conceiving seed that would actually fulfill scripture? I can just hear her crying to Zecharias, Honey, there is something wrong with me. Furthermore Zecharias never would have been struck dumb. He would have kept his voice, and just wondered what was wrong with his wife, but no. An angel had appeared to him sometime before that, saying, “Fear not, Zecharias: for thy prayer is heard; and thy wife Elizabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shalt call his name John. And thou shalt have joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth. For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink, and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, even from his mother’s womb. And many of the children of Israel shall he turn to the Lord their God. And he shall go before Him, in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.” Brothers and sisters: I want you to know, that Malachi 4:5-6, had been laying right there in their scriptures for four hundred years, and the people of Israel looked for this Elijah that was to come, just like grace age Christians have looked for the rapture, but if that angel had not appeared to Zecharias and informed him of what was taking place, would he have known: Would he have known what to name his son? Would they have known what purpose of God was to be fulfilled through their son’s life, if the angel had not communicated that information to Zecharias: Of course not. It was necessary for God to inform those who would be directly involved in the fulfillment of those scriptures, of the part that was not recorded in the written word. It was the same with Joseph and Mary, when time came for the Messiah to be born. The event was prophesied in the scriptures. Isaiah 7:14, “Therefore the Lord Himself shall give you a sign; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bare a son, and shall call his name Immanuel, or Emmanuel.” In Isaiah 9:6, For unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counselor, The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.” it goes on to speak of Him sitting upon the throne of His father, David, and so forth, and all Israel was aware of these scriptures, and they looked for their Messiah, but do you think that young virgin girl would have known what was happening to her when she began to feel the change in her body, knowing that she had never been informed ahead of time? You know very well, that she would not have known what was wrong with her. The scriptures that give the setting for such an event had been right there for over seven hundred years, but no one knew what generation that virgin would live in. Only God Himself knew what young virgin of the nation of Israel would bare a son that would one day be their Messiah. God had the young lady picked out, and no one need know anything in order for the Holy Ghost to overshadow her and cause a supernatural conception. But just suppose it had been done without first informing her: She was already engaged to a man named Joseph, she knew she was a virgin, and Joseph believed she was, so just imagine what great conflict of emotions the young lady would have experienced, if one day she began to feel the life of a little baby within her. Surely you do not think that she would have suddenly figured out that she must be the virgin Isaiah spoke of. I believe you can see why it was necessary for God to send His angel to communicate with her in this matter. It enabled her to look upon everything that would happen, knowing that God was fulfilling His word spoken by His prophets of old.

MARY HEARS FROM GOD

Notice, in Luke 2:26-35, what Gabriel actually said to Mary. “And in the sixth month (that was the sixth month of Elizabeth’s pregnancy) the angel Gabriel was sent from God unto a city of Galilee, named Nazareth, To a virgin espoused to a man whose name was Joseph, of the House of David; and the virgin;s name was Mary. And the angel came in unto her, and said, Hail, thou that art highly favored, the Lord is with thee: blessed art thou among women. And when she saw him, she was troubled at his saying, and cast in her mind what manner of salutation this would be. (He still had not given her the main message, therefore she wondered why anyone would be speaking to her in this manner) and the angel said unto her, Fear not, Mary: for thou hast found favor with God. (Picture: stand ye still and see the salvation of the Lord, man facing cross) And behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, and shalt call his name JESUS. He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest; and the Lord God shall give unto Him the throne of His father David; and He shall reign over the house of Jacob forever; and of His kingdom there shall be no end. Then said Mary unto the angel, How shall this be, seeing I know not a man? And the angel answered and said unto her, The Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God.” The angel went ahead and told Mary about her cousin Elizabeth, being with child also, and then said, “For with God nothing shall be impossible.” Then Mary answered him, “Behold the handmaid of the Lord: be it unto me according to thy word.” That angel of the Lord not only told Mary that she was going to conceive; he told her how she would conceive, and also that she would bare forth a man child, and even told her what to name him, and capped it off by telling her that He would be king, and that His kingdom would be forever. Mary’s only question was a natural one that anyone would have asked, “How shall this be, seeing I know not a man?” But when she received an answer to that question, she immediately submitted to everything that had been presented to her.

THE ANGEL APPEARS TO JOSEPH

What the angel told Mary did not help Joseph any though, for when he discovered that she was with child, he determined that he should just quietly break their marriage agreement, and fade out of the picture, and do it in such a way as not to publicly embarrass her; therefore it was necessary for God to send His angel messenger to him also; in order for him to be a willing participant in this plan, for in the natural genealogy he would be looked upon as the father of this child Mary was carrying. We will not read that scripture, but you may want to read it later, how the angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream saying, “Fear not t take unto thee Mary thy wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost.” (Matt. 1:18-25) Alight, the instruments through which this great event would unfold have been informed, therefore they will not have to guess about anything that they should do. After the angel appeared to Joseph, he immediately did according to the word of the Lord, taking Mary to be his wife, but withholding himself from her until after the birth of this child. Then when the child was born, wrapped in swaddling clothes, and placed in a manger, what did God do to make his birth known? Out there on the countryside were shepherds keeping watch over their flock at night, when suddenly an angel of the Lord appeared to them, with the glory of the Lord all around them, and they were afraid. But the angel said to them, “Fear not: for, behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people. For unto you is born this day in the city of David a Savior, which is Christ the Lord. And this shall be a sign unto you; Ye shall find the baby wrapped in swaddling clothes lying in a manger. And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host Praising God, and saying, Glory to God in the highest, and on earth peace, good will toward men.” When the angels were gone, those shepherds went immediately to verify what they had heard, and when they found that it was all true they broadcast the news abroad, and caused many people to ponder in their hearts, just exactly what all that meant. Nevertheless the announcement was made that the Savior was born, so all that heard of it had their opportunity to know what was transpiring, and therefore did not need to be unaware of what was happening 30 years later, when Jesus came to John to be baptized of him.

OUR GATHERING TOGETHER

Brothers and sisters: I hope this helps you to understand why I say that they shout, and the voice of the archangel, as pertaining to the time of the rapture, is for the living saints at that time. The shout and the voice will get all the living saints ready for what will take place when the trump of God sounds to set the resurrection and the translation in motion. Paul had taught this to the Thessalonian church, and admonished them to comfort one another with those words, but something had been misunderstood somewhere along the line, and there was a feeling of unrest among those saints because of it, therefore in his second letter to them, Paul attempts to put their mind at ease. So now, we will get back to 2 Thess. 2:1, where we will begin reading, to see how Paul ties the resurrection, and the rapture to world condition. This lets us see that you cannot take this event called the rapture of the church, and apply it just anywhere, and at any time you please, no more than they could with the first advent of Christ, for the great eternal spirit hold those things sovereignly in His own power. Now notice verse 1,” Now we beseech you brethren, (He is not talking to the world, he is talking to believers and the word beseech did not convey the thought, listen if you want to. it strictly meant, you pay attention to what I am going to say.) by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto Him, ( the rapture) That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand.” To be shaken in mind is to be disoriented, confused, full of doubts and fears, and unable to let your mind rest upon the truth of God’s word. Throughout the various realms of denominational religion one can find hundreds of opinions both in books and verbal statements, concerning the resurrection of the dead, and the rapture of the church. Some have the church raptured before the great tribulation, and others have her going through the tribulation. Therefore a hungry soul, without a genuine revelation on this event, could not find much rest in their mind. God wants our mind to be at ease, but most of us have been brought up through these various systems, and until we receive a genuine revelation about something, our mind is still subject to many of our traditional thoughts, and many times they bring on a state of confusion, and cause us to be unnecessarily troubled. That caused Paul to say, Do not allow this condition, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us. What exactly was he referring to? Simply this, no matter what you see or hear that supposedly comes from the realm of the Holy Spirit, if it does not line up with a true revelation from the word of God, do not allow that spirit to trouble you. No matter what word someone may have for you, if it does not follow continuity with the scriptures, do not allow yourself to become anxious nor troubled, not even by a letter from us. In other words, just because I wrote you that first letter, giving you the order in which the resurrection and rapture would take place, don’t you get all shook up, and sell your property, and go off someplace waiting for it to happen. (Various groups have been doing that, you know). That is not Paul’s words, but that is what he was getting at, for these forewarning spirits will always run ahead of the Spirit of God, and they can only succeed among people that do believe in the working of the Holy Spirit, but are without true revelation of God’s word. many people are claiming to have the Holy Ghost in this Laodicean age, but the very fact that so few of them are ever led into a revelation of the word of God proves in itself that their claim is not vindicated by the very spirit they claim to have. For as we have pointed out, over and over again and again, Jesus said, When He comes, He will guide you into ALL TRUTH. But Paul is writing to true saints that truly do have the Holy Ghost; therefore he knew that all they needed, was to have the truth presented to them, and that would settle it, so he went on, saying, “Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day ( the day of our gathering together unto Jesus Christ, the rapture) shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition.”

THE FALLING AWAY

Evangelists for the last fifty or sixty years have used the falling away part of verse 3, trying to scare people into joining their churches, and some of them could literally make the hair stand up on your arms, as they would paint their picture of a great falling away from Bible precepts, and in many ways, you would have to agree that in the overall scope of world religion, convictions have been slipping away from people for most of those years. But what Paul was talking about goes much deeper than that. He was referring to the kind of falling away that has been taking place among the people who were supposedly restored to the word of God by the message of the prophet to this age. Falling away from revealed truth presents a much more serious situation than just falling away from traditional religion, even if it is the same spirit behind both. We will see in verses 10 & 11, of this chapter, how God deals with people who have no love for the truth, But right now we want to lay our emphasis upon the fact that the rapture of the church is definitely tied to a world condition that must materialize first. There must be first a great falling away from Godly principles and convictions that have been founded upon the truth, and we are seeing that as never before. But then, there must be revealed the man of sin, the son of perdition. ( The Antichrist) Of course we already know what office he will come from, but we do not yet know if the present pope of the Roman Catholic church is the individual man that will fulfill that Antichrist role, or whether he is the one or not, we do know assuredly that he has been busy laying the groundwork for what is soon to materialize. The whole world is seeking peace, and we know there is not going to be any true world peace before Jesus Christ sits upon His throne in the Millennium, but this Antichrist person whoever he turns out to be, will help negotiate something that will pass off as a great world peace agreement, and by then the true bride of Christ will know who he is; he will be revealed to her. Therefore as this apostate condition prevails more and more in the overall scope of religion, the little bride of Christ will have her spiritual eyes and ears open, and she will know that the time of her departure is getting closer and closer. The world will not see it, because they are children of the night, but those who are children of the day will know what is about to take place. Does that mean that Ezekiel 38 and 39 might not hit until after the rapture? No, of course not. Do not allow these great peace overtures to lull you into a false sense of security; for that war of Ezekiel 38 and 39, must still be fought before this week of Daniel starts, in order for the time tables allotted to both to work out properly, God will not have Israelis burning weapons from that Ezekiel conflict, over in the Millennium, and Ezekiel 39:9, lets us know that they will be years baring up all those weapons that are left behind. We also know that the week of Daniel starts when the Antichrist peace agreement is signed, and seven years later, Jesus and His saints will be back on earth setting everything in order for the Millennium. Knowing the order of all these things that are yet to come is what keeps the born again children of God on a true course while the world is going berserk.

THE GREAT FALLING AWAY

I cannot help but think back, how 20 or 30 years ago the church world in general still had some genuine Bible convictions and kept their moral standards up, and how they have let every kind of compromising, devil designed social program move in and replace them. The most effective tool the devil has used to accomplish this, has been the gospel singing groups of the past two decades. Most of them are no more living for God than a jack rabbit, but this generation loves entertainment, and they will sit there and listen to whatever comes along. They do not want to be classified with the hippy rock bunch out there, but they will accept that same beat, just as long as it has a few words to it that can be identified with the Bible. Those singers will get up there and swing and sway to that Satanic beat, and sing and talk about how they love Jesus. If they really loved Jesus, they would leave that junk alone. I certainly do not want to hear it: it does not entertain me one bit whatsoever. Saints: Just stop for a moment and realize where that beat came from. It certainly did not originate in the church, but the so called churches have accepted it, and thrown their doors wide open to whatever follows it in. You could take that same rhythm down here to these disco dance halls, and they would twist, jump around, and do what they do just as well to these so called gospel songs as they do to the others. The only difference is the words. You consider that along with everything else that is being done in the ranks of religion, and you will have to agree that the falling away is almost accomplished. These deteriorating spirits among church people are just like a bunch of maggots in an old dead carcass; they just keep eating away. Social programs, politics, and entertainment take up their time, and the word of God has no real place. Perverts have moved in and forced themselves into leadership positions, and a general trend of immortality and spiritual decay is dominating churches that formerly stood for Bible principles; therefore we would have to say that the falling away is upon us. Every area of life is affected by it, spiritually, morality, politics, social structures, economy and everything is affected by this falling away that precedes the Antichrist and the rapture. Women are demanding equal rights, not only in business and labor circles, but also in the ministry of the gospel of Christ, or maybe we should just say, in the churches, for they know nothing of the true gospel, or they would not be demanding equality in the ministry. But nevertheless, in spite of all that is going on in the world, we are admonished to comfort one another with these words that Paul has spoken. Our comfort and assurance comes from knowing that God is still in control, and that He provides for His own, no matter what the world may do. We are not appointed to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, and we are not to be deceived, because we know the truth. We will not expect the rapture to take place before its time, for we know what must precede it. That is how we properly watch for it; not expecting it to take place at any moment, but watching those things that lead right up to it. On the heels of this great falling away, Paul said, that man of sin would be revealed, this son of perdition who is also know as the false prophet.

FROM PEACE TO TERROR

Let us go on now into verse 4, and listen to Paul tell what he will do (this man of sin). “Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshiped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.” How he is not going to act like that at first, This is what he will be like once Satan has anointed him to fulfill his 3 1/2 year reign of bloodshed and terror. Before that hour arrives though, he will be a peace loving, hand shaking, baby kissing pope, seemingly doing everything possible to further the cause of world peace. That is how he gains the confidence of world leadership, and stands in a place to be chosen by them to oversee their great peace plan. Then after 3 1/2 years of overseeing this peace covenant, Satan anoints him to fulfill what Paul was describing here. That is when he will break the peace covenant, move into the temple of God in Jerusalem, kick the Jews our, and in every way possible project himself to be God. He will blaspheme and oppose everything, and everyone that in any way seems to be Godlike. That is when Jewish believers in God, and foolish virgins from the grace age will begin to be slaughtered because of their faith. The time of the great tribulation will be in effect, and all that Daniel and John wrote about, concerning that hour of time, will follow. It was not necessary for Paul to see everything that would transpire in connection with the falling away he mentioned, and the Antichrist that would follow. What he wrote to those Thessalonian believers was all they needed to know, for they would not be involved in any of the actual events that they were being told about, except the resurrection itself, and being caught up to be with the Lord forever. On the other hand, those of t his age who will be alive to witness the various events of the end time, needed to have more information than what Paul wrote. That is where Daniel and Revelation, comes into the picture. Neither one of them take anything from what Paul wrote; they just fill in the details. Now some will say, But, what about the temple? There is no temple in Jerusalem. Brother: Listen to me. Something is going to take place over there, that will give those Jews their temple spot, and I assure you this, When they get it, it will not be long before that temple is built and completed. It will not upset the scriptures if they are building that temple during the first half of the week of Daniel, but you can believe this, they will be offering sacrifice upon that altar long before the temple itself is built. You can confirm that, by reading the 3rd chapter of Ezra, and see what they did back then, before they even laid the foundation for the temple. They first established their form of ancient worship of Jehovah, and then they went to work building the temple. But let us get back to Paul’s letter. He says in verse 5, “Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these things? ( This proves that he had taught them concerning these things, but somehow it had just not broke through to them.) And now ye know what withholdeth that he ( the Antichrist) might be revealed in his time.” In our language of today one would just say, And you know that it is the Holy Spirit that is holding him back until his appointed time. “For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of the way.” This mystery of iniquity, refers to the spirit of Antichrist, and not to the literal man himself. Even in 54 A.D. Paul could see that the spirit of Antichrist was already at work. Then by 96 A.D. when John wrote the book of Revelation, Satan had already sent out minor agents, minor Antichrists to harass the church, but none of that pertains to this MAN of sin that Paul is writing about here. Of course the last part of that verse refers to the Holy Ghost,, for He is the one that will hinder, or prevent this man of sin from coming on the scene ahead of his appointed time, and when his hour does arrive, it will be the Holy Ghost that withdraws His holding power and lets him make his move. The Holy Ghost have been among the Gentiles for over 1900 years now, convicting and wooing them to salvation, through our Lord Jesus Christ, but there will come an hour when God has determined that His Spirit should no longer deal with Gentiles in this way. That is when the Holy Ghost will cease to hold back the spirit of Antichrist; therefore the man of sin will then be free to move upon the scene, and when he does, the true church will know him, he will be revealed. Time and conditions has produced his office; we know where he will come from, but as I ALREADY SAID, We do not know for sure if the man who presently hold that office is the man that will fulfill the role of this man of sin. Daniel 7 and 8 lets us know beyond any shadow of doubt that his office is established in and through the Roman Catholic church; the fourth beast system upon earth has produced that. We can say also, His office has been established gradually over a period of many years of time, but when the man himself is revealed, that will not be a slow gradual process. World conditions, and the demand upon him will allow him to step right into his end time role as the man of sin, this son of perdition, the Antichrist that is to come. This world is right on the brink of another terrible conflict, one that will have universal repercussions, and this time it will not be the United Nations that establishes a peace plan; it will be the pope of the Roman Catholic church, and if this present pope is still in office at that time, then it is he, that will fulfill this diabolical plan of Satan.

COULD POPE PAUL II BE THE MAN?

Let me just say a few words about this present pope. in the short time he has been in office, he (picture of man with black hat and the choice between Life and Death) has traveled more miles that any of his predecessors, making speeches to great multitudes of people. He has a profound way of speech. It seems that he is just able to melt the hearts of those who hear him. Furthermore, coming from Poland, he knows how to deal with, and co-exit with communism, and that is a necessary characteristic, in this age when the spirit of communism is so widespread. He makes speeches that just leave politicians and communist leaders standing in awe. Therefore all we need right now is another world conflict, and I can guarantee you, that if this present pope is still alive, and in good health, (able to travel about) his unusual personality, and his ability to get things done will project him right into the role as a world peacemaker, to fulfill the scriptures. World leaders will not be looking for a man who will point them to the Bible. Oh, no. They will be looking for one that will promise them more dollars, no more war, better security worldwide, and a brighter future for their families. It will all have a religious front, but there will be nothing spiritual about it. Now I realize some will say, Now Bro. Jackson: That all seems a little far-fetched, and to some, I am sure it will, but to those who are alert to the reality of what mass destruction could be wrought upon the old world, if nuclear weapons should begin to be turned loose, I am sure they realize the seriousness of what I am saying. I say, On such a brink of disaster, world leaders will rush to the negotiating table, and be more than ready to sign a peace covenant that will fulfill Daniel 9:27. Therefore the world is going to need a peacemaker, a negotiator, a mediator, and Satan will have certain man waiting and ready to step into his role, so that brings us back to verse 8, in the 2nd chapter of 2 Thess. “And then shall that Wicked be revealed, (this Man of sin) whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of His coming.” This of course, speaks of how the Lord will deal with this wicked one when He returns to earth with His saints to set up the Millennial reign, but that will not take place until the end of seven years that have been allotted to the Antichrist. In other words, this is when Christ comes back to earth to rule and reign, and not when He comes to rapture His saints in the beginning of this seven year period of time.

SELF STYLED HOLY PEOPLE

According to Revelation, chapter 19, all the armies of heaven will be with Jesus, when He comes back to earth to fight against this man of sin and all of earth’s corruption, and this time He will not come as a thief in the night to them. He will come in power and glory, taking vengeance upon all that is ungodly. When he comes to rapture His church, He will come as a thief in the night as far as the world is concerned, for they will not know what is happening, but when He comes back, seven years later, every eye will behold Him for He will be coming back in wrath. Brother I want you to know though, the last 3 1/2 years of that 7 years is going to be hell on earth, for that old Antichrist with all his evil forces will be stalking the earth with a death decree against all Gentile virgins, and all Jewish saints, and they will butcher them like hogs at the slaughterhouse. During that time evil and ungodly men will desire to die, and death will will flee from them. According to the 9th chapter of Revelation, the bottomless pit is opened up, and every tormenting spirit held therein is loosed upon earth to torment ungodly mankind. They wanted their great hour of manmade peace, and God will let them have it, but this is what it will turn into, hell upon earth. They will desire to die, but God will not let them die until their cup of wrath is full, and then Jesus and His armies will descend from heaven and destroy them. Verse 9 tells how this man of sin makes his appearance, and lets us know why the world at large will receive him so graciously. Notice, “Even him whose coming is after the workings of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders.” Naturally this is speaking of political power, and not of supernatural power, and it is a known fact, that by political maneuverings, the Catholic Church is always able to stay on top of every situation. If you do not think I am speaking the truth, just go back and read your history books, and you will find that through the ages of time, in every conflict, the Catholic church always manages to end up on the winning side, even if she has to change sides. That is how she has maintained control over so many people through the centuries of time since she came into prominence. Verse 10, goes ahead describing the tactics of the man of sin who gains his power through political wonders that are brought about by lying and deceiving, and so forth. And with all deceive ableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; ( He will not deceive the true body of Christ, but he will deceive all the rest.) because they received not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie: (or the lie) That they all might be damned who believe not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness.” It was necessary for God to send a prophet messenger to this age, to cry out against Antichrist systems, and point God’s true people back to His word. Otherwise we would still be sitting in our Baptist, Methodist, Lutheran, Presbyterian, Pentecostal and whatever other denominational systems we were in. Furthermore we would be all wrapped up in this spirit of deceive ableness that has captured the multitudes. Where did it all start? It started when Rome put out her great plea for a united brotherhood. This ecumenical spirit was loosed upon mankind, and it is leading denominational religion right into the arms of old mother Rome. This Glossolalia, and Charismatic movement is leading it all right back to Rome, but it could not happen until after the had their opportunity to receive the love of the truth, and they rejected it. Therefore God Himself sends them strong delusion by certain manifestations which causes them to follow signs and wonders. He does it to bind them to that old religious system that the world looks upon as the church, so He can judge it all together when the times comes. All will be damned who believe not the truth, but have pleasure in unrighteousness. Now please do not allow yourself to think that it is only those who love to go to the beer joints that are unrighteous. God will have mercy on that person a lot sooner than He will a self righteous, self willed, self styled holy creature. This is the kind of holy people that condemned Jesus and sent Him to the cross. This is the kind of people that actually made up false charges against Him, and cried Crucify him! Crucify him! Then when Pilate would have released Him, they cried, Give us Barrabbas. Therefore they are already condemned in the eyes of God, and their judgment lies before them. As children of the day, we can see these things that are taking place throughout the world today, and we know they point to the soon coming of Jesus Christ. But we also know that His coming has to be in accordance with the word of God, therefore we are watching those world conditions that will lead right into it. Jesus said, When you see these things, then lookup, for your redemption draweth nigh. Brothers and sisters: I hope none of you think we say these things trying to get glory to ourselves, for all glory, honor and majesty belongs to Him who died for us and rose again, that we also might have hope of redemption. Praise His wonderful name! Hallelujah! Yes we can, and should watch for the rapture, but we should and must watch scripturally, knowing in our hearts that God will not bypass one single prophecy of the scriptures in order to hurry it up for us.

GREAT TRIBULATION FOR WHO?

What we are going to look at now will not affect those who truly do go in the rapture, but since there is still so much speculation about the great tribulation, what it is, when will it be, who will go through it, and what is the purpose for it, along with two or three dozen other questions, I think it would be good just to take a little time right here, and deal with it. I heard a radio preacher trying to teach on it the other day, and he was having the whole week of Daniel as the great tribulation, and saying, But don’t worry, the saints will be raptured before that starts. Well, in reality he had one point correct; the saints will be raptured before the great tribulation starts, but not necessarily before the week of Daniel starts, for the signing of the peace covenant that also includes the nation of Israel is what will mark the beginning of the 7 year period of time known as the 70th week of Daniel. Therefore to give that whole week of time to the great tribulation, throws everything else out of its scriptural setting, so let us take a little time to examine this subject.

THAT CERTAIN PEACE COVENANT

This is definitely a teaching subject, so I am trusting the Lord to help me make everything clear and easy to understand, and above all else, scripturally established. First of all let me ask you this, Do you know where this great tribulation terminology originated? You do not find it in Daniel, where the events of it are first mentioned. Actually Jesus Himself was the first to make mention of it, in Matthew 24:21. It is a period of time associated only with the last half of the week of Daniel, when the Antichrist breaks the peace covenant with the nation of Israel. But first, there has to be such a covenant signed. The Roman pope may sign treaties with ever so many nations in the months and years ahead of us, but until the nation of Israel is included in one of them, please do not jump the gun, to start the week of Daniel. God Himself will start that week, for He is the one that keeps all prophetic time, and He knows exactly when to move men to fulfill His will, and when He moves upon the nations to sign that particular peace treaty, then we will have something precise to calculate remaining time by, for however long we are still here. In the meanwhile, we must calculate seasons by world events, especially in the Middle East. It is really a time for Christians to begin to be very wise. I just happened to catch a few minutes of the P.T.L.Club on TV the other day when Mr. Baker was interviewing people to build upon the rock kingdom, and I just thought to myself, yes, what you are saying is true, but you are looking at the whole thing through dollar signs; you are not taking heed to the words of Jesus. Do not ever forget that Jesus said, “Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine and Doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock.” Was Jesus having any reference to money when He said that? You know perfectly well that He was not; He was talking about Godly character and a pure revelation. But He also said, “And everyone that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand.” That would be those who try to live a Christian life, but avoid the true teaching of the overall word of God. We are living in a day when people by the thousands, just follow anything that looks or sounds good to them, without even giving any thought as to whether it follows a pattern laid down by the Bible. The truth is, Most of them do not even know their way through the Bible, therefore they would not know how to test it by God’s word, yet they profess to be born again. That is a very commonly used terminology in our day, you know. Dear Brothers and Sisters: I hope you every one realize that none of us have anything to be proud about, for if the grace of God had not reached down and lifted us up, where do you suppose we would be today? I am thankful to the depths of my heart, for the grace that God has bestowed upon me.

DANIEL’S FOURTH BEAST

Let me get back to Matthew 24:21. “For then shall be GREAT TRIBULATION, (In every age, trials and tests have always been common, but none of them could ever be considered great tribulation in the sense that Jesus was speaking of here, for this is a certain specific period of time.) such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. (Notice this next verse.) And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved; but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened.” Now saints, we need to realize that even though these two verses did truly have a type setting fulfillment in 69-70 A.D., to the Jewish people, that still was not THE GREAT TRIBULATION: that was just a projection of the spirit of this one that is just up ahead. You that have not read our article titled,”THE ABOMINATION THAT MAKETH DESOLATE, might want to get that article and read what took place in Jerusalem, in 69 and 70 A.D. But when you do, just remember this, the great tribulation that is yet to come will be much, much worse than anything that happened back then. That is what Jesus said, It will be a time like there has never been before, and there shall never be another time like it, and verse 29, lets us know that what took place in 69 and 70 A.D. in Jerusalem, was not it. Notice, “Immediately (not 6 months, nor 2 years later, but immediately.)after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken? ( This did not take place in 70 A.D.) And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” This definitely is not referring to Jesus coming to rapture the saints, for that has already taken place. This speaks of when He comes back to earth, with His church, and all the armies of heaven, in power and great glory, to rule and reign for one thousand years, right about the end of the great tribulation period of time. Nevertheless the last half of that week of Daniel will be the worst time this old world has ever known. We have to go back to the 7th chapter of Daniel to pick up the symbolic language where this period of time is first spoken of. Let me say this also, Every scripture in the Bible, that speaks of this period of time is in perfect harmony one with the other; there is no confusion. Here, in this chapter, Daniel describes a dream he had, in which he saw 4 great beasts come up from the sea and go through their cycle, and the fourth was the most terrible and dreadful of all. He even saw that fourth beast go through judgment and his body destroyed. He sees himself inquiring of an angel as to what all this pertained to, and he wants to know especially about this fourth beast, so let us pick up in verse 19, and be aware of the fact that this fourth beast was the old Roman Empire. He says, “Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast, which was diverse (different) from all the others, exceeding dreadful, whose teeth were of iron, and his nails of brass; which devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with is feet; (see verse 7 and 8) even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows.” He watched that fourth world kingdom go through its cycle of changes; then after it had devoured, brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with his feet, it was finally brought to judgment and destroyed. Brothers and sisters, that covers a great span of time, but it is a picture of what the old Roman empire did in the Middle East and Western Europe. When it says in verse 23, that it shall devour the whole earth, you have to realize that it is referring to the old world, where these great empire stamped their influence, and ruled and reigned with such authority. The Roman empire never did rule, nor devour the Orients. It never did penetrate beyond the borders of India; therefore it is strictly a Middle East and Western Europe setting. The only reference to the eastern nations is in the 16th chapter of Revelation, in connection with the kings of the east being brought to the battle of Armageddon, which is definitely the last war that will ever be fought on this planet.

THE LITTLE HORN

Saints, we just have to assume that most of you already know a lot of those things from history and from other articles we have printed, for we could never justify the time, nor the space that it would take to fill in all the details leading up to where we are reading, here in Daniel 7. The beast had ten horns that were in his head, and there came up from among them a little horn, before whom three of the other horns fell. This little horn had eyes like a man, and a mouth that spake great things, and his look was more stout than his fellows. We know from church history, as well as from secular history, that this is speaking of the rise of the papal power as it came up through, or from the midst of those ten horns of Western Europe during (picture of the beast with the littlest horn looking like a man with a crown on his head)the Dark Ages, until it finally reached such a place of power in Europe, just before the breaking of the Reformation period, that it literally took control of heads of state, and stamped down their authority, and he proceeded to change times, and laws, and such like. Do you know that the whole western world today, observes solar time by a calendar that was designed by the Vatican? We call it Roman time, but actually, it is Roman time that has been revised by the Vatican, instead of the old Roman ceasers. This little horn works out to be the pope of the Roman Catholic Church, and that brings us to verse 21, which actually deals with the great tribulation. This verse could very well have a compound meaning, covering other periods of time, but its climax is in the last half of the 70th week of Daniel, for verse 22, shows that it continues until Jesus comes back to judgment. Notice now, “I beheld, and the same horn (that little horn) made war with the saints, and prevailed against them: (That is your Gentile foolish virgins and Jewish saints, that will be martyred during the great tribulation.) Until the Ancient of days came, and judgment was given to the saints of the most High: and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom,” Judgment is given to the bride of Christ, and she rules and reigns with Christ throughout the Millennium. As we continue reading, you will hear the angel explaining the 4th beast that was so terrible in Daniel’s vision. Verse 23, “Thus he said, The fourth beast SHALL BE the fourth kingdom upon the earth, (BABYLON, MEDIA, PERSIA, GREECE and then ROMAN; these are the 4 great world kingdoms that appeared as beasts in(picture of symbols of beast, ecclesiastical Babylon mystery) Daniel’s vision, and the Roman empire was the fourth.) which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces.” The Roman empire went through many stages that made it different from the others, and finally, papal power gained the supremacy over the emperors, and that allowed that fourth kingdom to be ruled by what we now know as the Catholic church. But let us read some more scripture. Verse 24, And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: ( That is your ten kingdoms of Europe that made up the territory over which this Roman beast ruled.) and another shall rise after them; (the pope gains authority over political rulers.) and he shall subdue three kings.” The first ten horns on that fourth beast were political horns, ( horn speaks of power) and that is why that, even though it seems that this little horn that arises from their midst should make eleven horns on it, it really does not, for this little horn is ecclesiastical power, church rule. The Catholic Church took dominion over those kings of the old Roman empire. That is why this last horn that raised up from the midst of the others was so different from them; he was a religious power, ursuping religious authority. The apostle John in his vision, saw seven heads upon his fourth beast, and this papal head was what made up the seventh, for the seven heads were 7 forms of rulership over the Roman empire which was the fourth beast, that had ten horns. We will see how that 7th had was wounded, and how it was healed, a little later, but first we want to finish this scripture. Verse 25, “And he shall speak great words against the most High; and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given unto his hand until a TIME ( one year) and TIMES (two more years) and the dividing of time.” (another 1/2 year) This is a great tribulation setting, and it is those tribulation saints that shall be given unto his hand for 3 1/2 years to be martyred because of their faith in God. The length of time in which this shall take place is spoken of in symbolic language, but the time itself is not symbolic; it is literally 3 1/2 years of time, in which this devil incarnated pope of Rome will rule, and actually sit in the Jewish temple showing himself as God. Naturally this 3 1/2 year period of time is not called great tribulation here, for Jesus is the first to refer to it as that, but from these scriptures, we get our first glimpse of the whole picture that is revealed through other scriptures. Just reading here we do not know whether these saints of the most High are Jewish or Gentile saints, but as we go into the book of Revelation, we see that it is both. Also, it is from other scriptures that we learn what this symbolic mention of times breaks down to be, for as we get over in Revelation, we find it mentioned as 42 months instead of in this way.

WHAT SHALL THE END BE?

Right now, let us go to Daniel 12:7 for another mention of this time element involved. This is dealing with another experience Daniel had, and the answer that was given him when he wanted to know the truth of it. “And I heard the man clothed in linen, which was upon the waters of the river, when he held up his right hand unto heaven, and swear by him that liveth for ever that it shall be for a time, times, and a half time; and when he (This he, is that little horn that arose from the midst of the ten,) shall have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people, all these things shall be finished.” What things? You may wonder. Verse 1-6, speak of a time of great trouble such as never was before; it speaks of a resurrection, and of deliverance of all that have their names written in the book of life. So verse 7 answered the question of verse 6, How long shall it be to the end of these things? Daniel heard all of this, but that did not clear it up for him, so in verse 8, we hear him saying, “And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, What shall be the end of these things: And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly; and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand.” These things were written in a symbolic language enough to keep the wicked from being able to pick up the book and read exactly what was going to take place, yet the children of God, living in the generation that would see these things take place, have been led by the Spirit of God, to understand what they mean. Yes, the wise will understand, but this wicked and ungodly generation of perverts and murderers, will not understand. They will go right on in their self willed way until the end, and get worse and worse every day they live. Any time you have a society of people that demand to do exactly what they want to do, you have nothing but hell on earth, and that is exactly what we have today. Any man or woman in their right mind, would not want to do any more than what they felt would be right, and proper in the sight of God. It is the same with God’s angels; they are so thankful, and they love God so much, they only want to do what pleases Him. That, my Friend, is true freedom. None of those people that are always demanding their freedom, will ever know what true freedom is, for they are slaves to demon spirits, and what they want to do, and all the time, they think they are gaining freedom to do exactly as they choose to do. Well, God is going to let mankind have the kind of leader that will turn all these spirits loose, and that is when men will seek to die, and death will flee from them. God will keep them alive to partake of the kind of life they have been fighting to achieve, one that will allow anyone to do anything they choose to do, any time, and any place.

1260 DAYS PLUS 75 DAYS EQUALS?

Brothers and sisters: We are living in an hour when professing Christians can find a form of religion somewhere that will suit their desired way of life, pacify their religious feelings, and give them their social standing in society, but there is not much wisdom in that kind of a life,and certainly no salvation. That is a life of deception, one that just lulls you to sleep, and God moves on off, and leaves you. True, wisdom is knowing how to look at the word of God through the inspiration and guidance of the Holy Ghost, and knowing what hour we are living in, just before the return of Jesus Christ. We do believe the word of God, and we are persuaded that when He comes, He will find some true saints that have made themselves ready to be ushered into the wedding. These are the wise ones that will understand the scriptures we are looking at in this message. So now, let us look at verse 11, which is a confirmation of 9:27, that speaks of the Antichrist breaking the peace covenant and this is when the great persecution of the Jews begins again. 11 “And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, ( the Jews will be driven out of their temple, and the old Antichrist will take control of it, and that will initiate the great tribulation period.) there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. “You will notice that there is an extra 30 days included there, beyond the 1260 days allotted to the great tribulation. That is not a mistake, and neither does it cause confusion. I am persuaded that at the end of 1260 days of the rule of the Antichrist, Jesus will come with His saints from heaven, and begin to pour out His wrath upon this earth, but that will not be finished in a few minutes of time, it will run into days, and that will account for extra days in verses 11 and 12. Notice verse 12, “Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days.” That gives you another 45 days on top of the 30, which adds up to a total of 75 extra days between the end of the Antichrist’s allotted time, and the actual starting of the one thousand year reign of Christ upon earth. That 75 days will be the time elapsed during the wrath of God poured out upon ungodly mankind, then getting the planet back in order for the Millennial reign, and actually setting the Millennium in starting order. Jesus said, “Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken,” so we can see that everything is going to be terribly disrupted during that time, but when His wrath has accomplished it’s purpose, He will pull everything back into it’s intended order, and set about cleansing and sanctifying the defiled temple, getting it ready for the Millennium, for Christ Himself will rule from the temple in Jerusalem throughout the next one thousand years. We have already mentioned it, but if you will turn back to Daniel 9:27, with me, we will read that verse and see where he (the Antichrist) will confirm a covenant with many for 1 week, and in the midst of the week he will cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease, meaning, to break the covenant agreement, and start persecuting the Jews that have enraged him during the first 3 1/2 years of that week. 9:27 “And he shall confirm the covenant with many for 1 week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.” Jesus Christ is the true Prince of Peace, and when He comes to earth to rule for one thousand years, it will be a rule of peace, and He will not have to get the nations to sign a peace agreement. He will establish peace by chaining up the old trouble maker. Satan. But this false peace maker will have to do it man’s way, but before he does, the scriptures will be fulfilled, 1 Thess.5:3, ” For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child, and they shall not escape. There has to first come a time when the world will feel at ease, and begin to say, Well, we finally have peace an safety. God will let them live under that false peace for 3 1/2 years, and then it will suddenly become hell upon the earth, as the bottomless pit is opened, and all those tormenting demons turned loose upon wicked mankind.

WOUNDED HEAD HEALED

I have said it many times before, and I do not mind saying it again, I believe the fulfillment of Ezekiel 38 and 39 is what will so shake the world that their leaders will rush to the peace negotiating table, sign a peace pact, and appoint the pope of the Roman Catholic church as the overseer of it. Since the signing of such an agreement is what actually starts that last week of Daniel, I look for this old world to get a terrible shaking. The scope of Ezekiel 38 and 39 will be a lot greater than a lot of people expect. People of the world are going to feel that we are on the brink of total annihilation. You talk about shuttle diplomacy, that old pope is really going to be busy.Then when the agreement is signed, the man of the world is going to lean back and say, This is wonderful. This is what we have needed for so long. We can build houses now, and not have to worry about them being blown all to pieces. We can send our children to college and not have to worry about them being called to the battlefield as soon as they are finished. No wonder Revelation 13:8 says, “They worshiped the dragon which gave power unto the beast.” Now we know that no same person would be likely to bow down and worship him through their systems of religion, not recognizing the spirit of the man. Now while we are here in chapter 13, let us read verse 3, which speaks of the wounding of one of the 7 heads of that old Roman beast, and of it’s healing, and how the world responded. “And I saw one of the heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.” When Daniel first saw that fourth beast it only had one head, but John later saw it with seven heads, and one of those heads was wounded unto death, but later healed. I will be brief, but maybe a few words of explanation will clear up any question you may have about these heads. As long as Rome was ruled by the ancient Ceasars (those of that royal family that passed the throne from one to the next in line) the fourth beast (Rome) had only ONE head. But NERO was the last one of that royal line of ceasars, and when he died there was no one to inherit the throne. From that point seven heads begin to develop on that old beast, and when the angel spoke to John, in Revelation 17, he told him that five were fallen. The seven heads were seven kings, and rulers of the Roman empire, after the death of Nero, and the five that were fallen, were the five good emperors that tried to re-establish another line of Caesars, another royal family) but never succeeded in doing so. Nevertheless each of them did succeed in establishing a form of political government that caused them to be looked upon as a political head upon the beast. They left the scene, and time passed, and Constantine was the next outstanding emperor that ever established any form of imperial rule that could be considered a head on that Roman beast. Other men sat upon that throne before Constantine, but he was the only one that could be considered head number 6, and when he passed off the scene, over 400 years rolled by before head number 7 appeared. His name was Charlemagne, and it was his form of imperial ruler ship that the popes began to exercise the authority of the papacy above. Charlemagne was the seventh head on that old beast, and the 8th head was an ecclesiastical head, and therefore did not put eight heads upon the beast, for only political heads were recognized as such. Therefore the beast continued to have only seven heads, but it was obvious that the eighth was in control. It was just a case of blending the seventh form of imperial rulership and ecclesiastical rulership together. Little by little the papacy took control of that seventh form of imperial government, and that is why the Bible says that the eighth is of the seventh. it was the wounding of that ecclesiastical head by the Reformation, that John saw, and he thought it should have been wounded to death, but along come eccumenicalism, and through the world council of churches, all the Protestant daughters have been led back to mama, ( Roman Catholicism) and in so doing, that deadly wound has been healed. The old pope is just about ready to resume his beastly rule. All he needs is that spirit of Satan that is to come up out of the bottomless pit, (Hell) enter into the man for the duration of his allotted time, (three and one half years of beastly rule in the last half of that week of Daniel) and then go into perdition. (Destruction)

CONDITIONS FULFILL BIBLE PROPHECY

Now some may ask, Why should such a peace loving man as the Roman Catholic pope in that hour, suddenly take on a beastly attitude, and conduct himself like a demon? I am convinced that during the first 3 1/2 years of that week of time, something will agitate him to the point where he can no longer contain his feelings, and I believe it will probably be the ministry of those two Jewish prophets that prophecy to the Jews for 3 1/2 years, and constantly warn them of what the pope is destined to do. In the eyes of the world, those two prophets will be nothing but troublemakers, stirring up trouble in a time of great peace, and do not forget who is overseeing the peace agreement. Why would he not be provoked to wrath by what they will be doing and saying there in Israel? They will be exposing everything, and everyone that had anything to do with that peace agreement, and the news media will be broadcasting it to the world. That is how the people of the nations will be able to to see their dead bodies lay in the street for 3 1/2 days without being burred. Television will broadcast it to the whole world, just like they have the incident in Beirut, Lebanon. The ministry of those two prophets is going to upset the whole social structure in Israel, and it will cause great feelings to swell up between the political Jews that agreed with the peace covenant, and the spiritual Jews that never have signed it. It will bring about a condition almost like the one that brought Titus and Jerusalem in 69 and 70 A.D. Jew against Jew, until it gets to the point where something has to be done about it. The old peace promoting man of sin will be forced to make his move, for 3 1/2 years of those two prophets is all he will be able to tolerate. That is when Satan will make his move. While the old pope is building up certain human feelings toward those two prophets that are causing so much disturbance, old Satan will take him over, and that is when the blood bath starts. He breaks the covenant, has the two prophets killed, refuses them entombment, and begins a widespread persecution of the Jews and anyone else that professes to believe in God. That is what is meant in Daniel, when it speaks of the overspreading of abominations. It is the ushering in of excessive hatred. In Daniel 12:7, it speaks of scattering the power of the holy people, so even that far back, it was prophesied that this satanic instrument would do something to scatter the children of Israel. What else could that be but Israel fleeing for her life in the dark tribulation hour? (Rev. 12:6) True saints know what he will do to gain the confidence of world leaders, and that is why Paul could say, That day of our gathering together unto Him ( Jesus Christ) shall not come except there first come a falling away, and that man of sin be revealed, that son of perdition, the Antichrist, false prophet, and false peace maker. He was not teaching that the church would go through the tribulation, he was just using the beginning of that peace agreement as a sign factor for believers. When you see these things taking place, Look up, for your redemption draweth nigh. He also told them that God has not appointed them to wrath, but to obtain salvation through Jesus Christ. The wrath he was speaking of, will be the great tribulation therefore somewhere about the time of the signing of that peace treaty, the living bride saints will be caught up to be with the heavenly bridegroom, Jesus Christ. That leaves on earth, the foolish virgins, and the Jewish saints, to face martyrdom at the hands of the Antichrist forces. These Jewish saints that will be martyred, are not the same ones that will receive the message of the two prophets, for that group are the ones that will flee into the wilderness to hide for 3 1/2 years. Daniel saw that little horn speaking great words against the most High, and said he would wear out the saints of the most High. Therefore those who cannot see the foolish virgins of Matthew 25:1013, as being saved, get in trouble trying to explain how the church can be raptured before the great tribulation, and yet have the Antichrist wear out the saints of the most High during that time. Then when they get to Revelation 7:14 and see that great multitude, some from every nation under heaven, that purged themselves through martyrdom during the tribulation; they just have to say, Well, we will let time itself reveal who they are. Brother: I thank God that I know already, for I would not rest with such uncertainty in my soul, Will I go through the tribulation, or will I not? Let me just say this, and we will bring this to a close. From every nation under heaven, there will be saints raptured to be with Jesus during that tribulation hour, and from those nations there will also be foolish virgins that will be martyred during that time, and also there will be some people left alive upon earth, good moral people from every nation under heaven that will pass into the Millennium to repopulate the earth. But we do not learn these things just drifting along nonchalantly without ever allowing the Holy Ghost to teach us, and neither can we make ourselves ready for the rapture just drifting along like that. Jesus Christ is coming back for a God fearing, truth loving, Bible studying, praying, Holy Ghost taught church, that has followed all the truth that was revealed in her hour, and that is why I say, young people; Do not get so wrapped up in material things, that you neglect your own soul. Go ahead and build houses, plant potatoes and prepare to live here another twenty or so years if that should be the will of God, but do not neglect to have your soul ready to meet your maker before the sun goes down tomorrow, it that should be His will instead. No, the rapture cannot come that quick, but He may call you as an individual, therefore be ready, regardless of the cost to your flesh. Watch for the rapture, but watch scripturally instead of traditionally. Do not allow yourselves to be sidetracked by signs and wonders, for God still has tare bundlers out there. They are speaking in tongues, praying for the sick, and supposedly doing God a great service, but they have no love of the truth; therefore God Himself is sending them strong delusion, that they might believe the devil’s lie and be damned.

Keep your eyes upon the Middle East, and especially upon the nation of Israel, for all the present signs are pointing toward Ezekiel 38 and 39, and the rapture will not be very far beyond the climax of that. May God bless you. Amen.

 

In Search of the Evidence – 1982, August

1982-08-In-Search-of-the-Evidence

WE ARE LIVING IN A DAY WHEN THE TERM, “BORN AGAIN,” IS SO COMMONLY USED, THAT IT IS TAKEN VERY LIGHTLY AMONG MOST CIRCLES, YET TO BE SCRIPTURALLY BORN AGAIN, IS TO BE FILLED WITH THE HOLY GHOST, AND THAT BRINGS UP ANOTHER CONTROVERSY. HOW CAN WE KNOW WHO IS, AND WHO IS NOT, AMONG THOSE THAT PROFESS TO BE? FURTHER STILL, HOW CAN WE KNOW BEYOND ANY SHADOW OF DOUBT THAT WE OURSELVES HAVE THE HOLY GHOST? DO YOU BELIEVE YOU HAVE THE HOLY GHOST JUST BECAUSE YOU SPOKE IN TONGUES, OR BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE TOLD YOU THAT YOU DID? ARE YOU ABLE TO LINE YOUR SPIRITUAL EXPERIENCE UP WITH THE WORD OF GOD? WHAT IS YOUR MOTIVE, AND WHAT DO YOU HUNGER FOR? I JUST WANT TO PROVOKE YOUR THINKING FOR A MOMENT, FOR WE ARE GOING INTO THE SCRIPTURES AND ENDEAVOR TO ANSWER WHATEVER QUESTIONS YOU MAY HAVE ALONG THIS LINE, FROM GOD’S WORD. EVERY SINCERE PERSON OWES IT TO HIMSELF, OR HERSELF, TO BE ABSOLUTELY CONVINCED FROM THE SCRIPTURES WHETHER HE OR SHE HAS THE GENUINE HOLY GHOST, OR THE DEVIL’S COUNTERFEIT.


I RECEIVED A VERY SAD LETTER FROM A YOUNG MAN WHO SAYS THAT HE CAME AND TALKED TO ME ON THIS SUBJECT OVER TWO YEARS AGO. I VAGUELY REMEMBER IT AT THIS TIME. BUT HE TELLS ME HE HAS BEEN SEEKING THE HOLY GHOST ALL THIS TIME SINCE THEN, AND JUST CANNOT RECEIVE. OF COURSE HE IS SEEKING THE EXPERIENCE FROM THE UNITED PENTECOST CHURCH (U.P.C.) STANDPOINT OF SPEAKING IN TONGUES AS THE INITIAL EVIDENCE, AND HE IS REAL DISTURBED BECAUSE THAT HAS NOT HAPPENED. NOW HE FEELS THAT PERHAPS IT IS BECAUSE HE HAS LIVED SUCH A WICKED LIFE THAT GOD JUST DOES NOT LOVE HIM ENOUGH TO GIVE HIM HIS SPIRIT. HE TELLS ME ALL OF THESE THINGS, BUT HE ENDED UP ASKING ME, WHAT IS WRONG, BRO. JACKSON? WHY CAN I NOT RECEIVE THE HOLY GHOST?


I RECEIVED A LETTER FROM ANOTHER PERSON QUITE SOME TIME AGO THAT ALSO ASKED ME A QUESTION CONCERNING THE HOLY GHOST EXPERIENCE. THIS QUESTIONS WAS, BRO. JACKSON, IS IT TRUE THAT BRO. BRANHAM SAID, A PERSON COULD HAVE THE BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST AND STILL BE LOST AND GO TO HELL? NOW, BROTHERS AND SISTERS, WHEN PEOPLE ASK QUESTIONS LIKE THAT, YOU NEED SOMETHING MORE THAN MAN’S TRADITIONAL OPINIONS TO ANSWER THEM WITH. THEREFORE, I AM GLAD THAT THE WORD OF GOD SUPPLIES US WITH THOSE ANSWERS WHEN WE NEED THEM. WE KNOW HOW THE WORLD OF RELIGION GOT INTO SUCH A MESS OF CONFUSION: IT IS A RESULT OF MEN NEGLECTING THE WORD OF GOD; THEREFORE, THERE IS ONLY ONE WAY OUT OF SPIRITUAL CONFUSION, AND THAT IS TO GO BACK AND GET EVERYTHING IN LINE WITH THE SCRIPTURES. THAT IS WHAT WE WILL ENDEAVOR TO DO AS WE PRESENT THIS MESSAGE, SHOW WHERE EVERYTHING STANDS IN THE LIGHT OF GOD’S WORD.


TEXT: ST. JOHN 7:37-39


THIRSTING AND DRINKING


Let us open our Bibles to the 7th chapter of John, where he records something that Jesus spoke as He began to open up the subject, or idea of an individual receiving the Holy Ghost. Notice verse 37, “In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink.” Saints, that word cry, does not mean that Jesus was standing there crying tears, it simply means that He screamed out,  “If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink. He that believeth on me, AS THE SCRIPTURE HATH SAID, (the Old Testament) out of his belly (or innermost being) shall flow rivers of living water.” We find verse 39, in parenthesis, explaining what Jesus meant in verses 37-38. “But this spake He of the Spirit, which they that BELIEVE ON HIM should receive; for the Holy Ghost was not yet given; because that Jesus was not yet glorified.” From those three verses we see two very important things. First Jesus give the Holy Ghost a water identity. Did you know that water is the most vital to your physical health and strength of the elements that make up our human body? You can live longer without food than you can without water, so this water identity of the Holy Ghost really stresses the absolute necessity of the Spirit of God in us in order for us to be spiritually alive. Then there comes the question, How do we receive the Spirit of God? (The Holy Ghost) That is the other main point in the statement Jesus made. We must believe on Him according to the scriptures; not according to man’s traditions. In the days that Jesus spoke those words, those that heard Him only had the Old Testament scrolls that spoke of a Messiah to come, a Savior, a Prince of Peace, and so forth, but by the scriptures they had at that time, those who were spiritually inclined were able to recognize Him, and know assuredly that John the Baptist was not just trying to put something over on them when he said, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” Only those who were awaiting their Messiah according to expectations aroused by the scriptures were able to recognize and accept Him, and that speaks of the hunger and thirst after righteousness, that Jesus spoke of in Matthew 5:6. Let me explain what I mean. Water itself has no nutritional food value, but it is the vehicle that carries the nutrients, and also keeps the body cool and stable. The lack of it sets up a thirst in your system, a craving for a drink, and only a drink of fresh water will completely satisfy that thirst. Other liquids are sometimes taken in place of it, and they help, but usually you will still crave a good drink of water even after drinking something else. Now, let us look at the Spirit of God from this water standpoint. Just the Spirit alone does not furnish us with the spiritual nutrients that are required for a new birth, and for a healthy spiritual being. The word of God is our spiritual food, and His Spirit is the vehicle that carries, distributes, and stabilizes. Therefore, just as your natural body requires food and water for its continued existence, so does your soul require the completeness that comes only from a Holy Ghost birth, and a regular Holy Ghost feeding from the word of God. Some want God’s word, but care little about His Spirit, Others want His Spirit, but care little about His word. Then there are those foreknown-of-God souls, that hunger and thirst after righteousness, and they must have both, and they will have both. Some of them have been taught wrong, like the young man who is trying to receive the Holy Ghost according to U.P.C. requirements; therefore, it takes them longer than some others who just simply open up to God, and receive whatever He has for them, without instructing Him how to give them what they need. Does not the scripture say that God already knows what we have need of, even before we pray? Would that not pertain to anything we have a right to expect from God? After all, who instructed Him on how to speak this old world out of chaos, out of its without form and void condition of Genesis1:1? Should such a God need to be told how and when to give a hungry soul the Holy Ghost? I think not.


SEEK THE GIVER OF GIFTS


The reason some people never get what they are praying for, is because they are praying for someone else’s experience. They want it just exactly like Bro. So and So got it, and never stop to realize that God cannot be obligated to give them someone else’s experience. That would be just like a Ford car (if it could speak) demanding Chevrolet parts be installed on it. You must always seek the Giver of the gifts, and not necessarily the gifts themselves. Once you have the GIFT GIVER inside you, you have the potential for any and every gift of the Spirit that is mentioned in the scriptures. In I Corinthians 12:11, Paul says that He (the Holy Ghost) divides to every man severally as He will, and tongues is one of those gifts that he mentions, so anyone who demands to speak in tongues as the evidence that he has the Holy Ghost, is just simply opening himself up to the possibility of receiving the devil’s counterfeit experience. When we look at the 11th chapter of Hebrews, we find a long list of people that obtained a good report, or we might say, that established a good witness. How did they do it? By faith. Faith is what? The word of God. Notice verse 6, “But without faith it is impossible to please Him; for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, (In other words, they cannot doubt the existence of the holy and sovereign God.)and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.” Brothers and Sisters: that is why many times, only a half dozen or so, out of a congregation of 900 people will actually hear the word of God with their spiritual ear, and follow Him all the way, the others were not hungry for God, and thereby could not exercise faith to lay hold upon His promises. That three thousand Jews that became pricked in their hearts on the day of Pentecost when Peter preached a little short sermon to them, were hungry and thirsty. When they asked Peter and the other apostles, “Men and brethren, what shall we do?” Peter simply answered, “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” What does it say about them? Did any of them say, I will have to speak in tongues before I will believe I have received? No, they did not. Notice verse 41, “Then they that GLADLY RECEIVED his word were baptized: and the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls.”


YOUR OWN PERSONAL FOUNTAIN


Some people sit in church for years never have any hunger nor thirst for the things of God. Yet right in the midst of them, there will be a soul that is getting so hungry and thirsty that they actually begin to crave something to satisfy. That is how God gets His people out of denominational systems. When a person gets hungry and thirsty for natural food and drink, what do they do? They begin to look around and ask questions. They don’t just sit down somewhere and say, I sure am hungry and thirsty, I hope someone will come by and give me something to eat and drink. That would be very foolish; would it not: I know what I do at such times. I begin to inquire, Where can I get a cold drink of water? Where can I get a hot dog, or a hamburger? Are you listening to me? If you are truly hungry for the things of God, will you not do the same thing. Most of your inquiry may be of the Lord, in prayer, but you will at least be searching for that true spiritual food. You will not just sit somewhere wishing for it. That is the reason Jesus said, if any man is thirsty, let him come unto me, and drink. You must come to the source. Alright then, so you seek that living water that can quench the thirsting of your soul. When you find the true supplier of that which you seek, and you drink of Him according to what the scriptures have authorized, from that time on, you will have that bubbling fountain springing up from within you. “Out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water.” You will not have to go looking for that source any more, for it will remain with you always. What did He say in another place? “I will never leave you, nor forsake you.” There are people speaking in tongues in every nation around this old globe, that do not have that thirst quenching Spirit of Jesus Christ within their soul. How do I know that? Simply because Jesus said that the Comforter, (the Holy Ghost) when He comes will teach you all things. He does not come into you just to enable you to shout and dance and have a good time. That is part of it, but there is a lot more. Two of the gospel writers, Matthew and Luke, quoted John the Baptist like this. “I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance: but He that cometh after me (Jesus Christ) is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire.”


HOLY GHOST AND FIRE


Now, hear me, the Holy Ghost baptism, and the first baptism are not two separate experiences. When you get one, you get both. God is Spirit, and the Holy Ghost is God, and God is light, and in Jeremiah 23:29, we find that God’s word is like a fire. Of course, some people only think of fire from the standpoint of its consuming affect, yet as well as giving light, fire is also a cleansing, purifying agent. Therefore, to receive the true baptism of the Holy Ghost and fire, is to receive a thirst quenching, light giving, purifying Spirit within your soul, that will take the things of Christ and make them a living reality to you. The Spirit of God and the word of God are inseparable. In reality you cannot have one without the other, for it is the Spirit that sheds light upon the word in order that we may receive it as a revelation. God’s word is spoken of, in the sense that it is bread, the bread of eternal life, that which satisfies your hungry soul. Then when you compare these things with what you know from the standpoint of the natural man, any time we eat to satisfy our hungry pains, we immediately become thirsty; we need something to quench your thirst. That is the reason it absolutely takes both the Spirit and the word to make a soul healthy and complete. In the days when Jesus Christ walked among men upon earth, He spoke words to them, and they heard them with their natural ears, but they did not receive a spiritual revelation, except on rare occasions, until after the Holy Ghost was given on the day of Pentecost.


THIRST QUENCHER – COMFORTER – TEACHER


Let us read John 14:25-26, Jesus speaking says, (25) “These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you. (26) But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, He shall TEACH YOU ALL THINGS, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.” Before He ended His earthly ministry, Jesus impressed upon His disciples the absolute importance and necessity for them to receive the Holy Ghost. He calls Him the Comforter, and that is exactly what He is. He does not come in, to disturb and confuse you; He comes in to comfort and teach you, and if He is truly in you, HE WILL TEACH YOU. Now, Brothers and Sisters: Are we to believe that Jesus was talking about two separate experiences in chapter 7 and chapter 14? Absolutely not. He is speaking of different functions of that one and self-same Spirit that all true believers was to receive. (Was to be baptized with) God is like a fire in the sense that He gives light, consumes foreign matter, and purifies. He is like water, in the sense that He quenches our thirst and bubbles up from our innermost being like a fountain. But He is also a teacher and Comforter. Jesus knew those disciples loved, and leaned upon His physical flesh. It took His physical contact to encourage and keep those disciples going. (Man is much like that today. As long as he has a leader, some personality to hold on to: Brother! He will go around the world. But you let him lose sight of that person and he will go to pieces.) Jesus knew the hour was coming when they would have to have something other than His physical flesh to hold on to; therefore, He was leading them to the place where they could recognize His spiritual presence that would be inside them, not just in their midst. At the time of His speaking these things, it was just like a foreign language to them. They did not understand it at all, but He spoke it to them just the same, knowing that once the Comforter had come, all these words would come alive to them. He did not have to worry about them stumbling over His statements, for the Comforter would pick up right where He left off, and quicken them to their understanding. Now some may ask, Just how does the word Comforter mean the same thing as the word teacher? Let us just think of it like this, Many times, the reason we need a comforter in the first place, is because we just simply do not understand. You all know how that works. There are times when our burden seems so heavy that we may wonder, How will I ever make it through this? But along comes someone who truly understands our situation, someone who can feel our very emotions, and with a heart of compassion they can speak a few words that will just lift all that pressure off of us. That person is a comforter. Not THE COMFORTER, but A comforter. The very presence of such a person brings a calmness to our emotions, and helps us stabilize our course. When we sing that little chorus, “Jesus is all I need,” we are not thinking of his physical presence with us; we are thinking of His Spiritual presence, and the fact that He is the supplier of our every need. He is not in us just to comfort us, if He were we would never learn anything that would help us mature spiritually. Those who desire the Holy Ghost just for the sake of speaking in tongues, and for the good time they can have, never grow one inch in the stature of Christ. You can listen to them testify year after year, and almost know word for word what they are going to say, when they get up. They have no hunger, nor thirst for anything else. They will speak of the Holy Ghost as their Comforter, but you never hear of Him teaching them anything. Some of them may tell something that they say He taught them, but they would fight you if you told them that God was not three persons, or that the holy trinity is Catholic doctrine, so you tell me, Based upon true revelation of the scriptures, does such a person have the Holy Ghost? If so, then why has He not taught them who He is? Jesus said, When He comes He will teach you all things. Brother and Sister: a true revelation of the Godhead is a beginners lesson. That is part of the foundation what we build upon, the most vital part of our foundation.


WHERE LIFE BEGINS


Let me explain at this time why, even though the Holy Ghost is a thirst quencher, we still get thirsty again. We must understand though, that getting thirsty again does not mean that we must keep coming back to get baptized with the Holy Ghost all over again. No. There is one baptism that puts a person into the body of Christ. That is the baptism of the Holy Ghost, according to I Corinthians 12:13, and even though He is a thirst quencher according to the words of Jesus in your text, He still makes sure you retain your spiritual ability to thirst. He keeps that activated. It is through your spiritual thirsting and hunger, that He is able to lead you into ALL TRUTH. Those who are satisfied just to speak in tongues, cannot be led very far by the Holy Ghost, if you know what I mean. If you don’t know what I mean, I will tell you. If the Holy Ghost is truly in you, He will cause you to hunger and thirst for more of God. When you receive the Holy Ghost, you have not reached a climax in your spiritual life; that is where your spiritual life actually begins, a life of growth and progress. As you begin to hunger and thirst for more of God, the Holy Ghost in you, sheds more light upon the word, and that encompasses one phase of the fire aspect of the Holy Ghost. Anyone who allows their mind to get hung up on one thing, will go no further with God. They are just like an old cow tied to a stake with a short chain. That old cow will just keep going around and around the stake until all the grass is either eaten or stomped into the ground; then all there is left is just bare ground to roam over. The devil has an awful lot of people staked out with a short chain in this hour of time. They do not have a sprig of anything fresh to chew on, spiritually speaking. I could start naming those that claim to have the initial evidence of the baptism of the Holy Ghost, and if you could get them all together, you would have one big fight on your hands, doctrinally. Literally, evidence is proof, so why do those who claim to have the proof that they have been baptized with the Holy Ghost, not agree on the basic doctrine of Christ?


UNDERSTANDING BRINGS SPIRITUAL GROWTH


I have heard some Trinitarians from time to time, as they would be confronted with Acts 2:38, say, I would rather take the words of Jesus in Matthew 28:19, anytime, than to take the words of Peter who actually denied knowing Jesus when He was arrested. To that I will just say, If they are so eager to take the words of Jesus, then why do they not have what Jesus said the Holy Ghost would be, to those who receive Him? Why do they not have a teacher within them? Brothers and sisters: you know, and I know that something is wrong. They want the Holy Ghost for certain specified benefits, but they will not let Him come in and take over their lives. They will not let Him tear down their old sectarian interpretations and creeds and establish them in the revelated word of God. I want you to be sure and catch the importance of what Jesus said here in John 14:25, so I am going to read it again. “But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, HE SHALL TEACH YOU ALL THINGS, and bring ALL THINGS to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you.” Not only will He teach you all things that shall come up in the future, but anything that has been said in the past and not understood will be re-called to your remembrance, and understanding given. Why? Because that is His primary function in a believer’s daily life. God does not want His people to be ignorant of His word, His will, and His purpose. We are not admonished in the scriptures to grow in theology; we are admonished to grow in grace, and in the knowledge and stature of Jesus Christ. Out here in spiritual Babylon (confusion) they will wrestle you down to the altar, practically force you to repeat after them what they refer to as the sinner’s prayer. Then they will beat you on the back, shake you chin, speak in tongues, and have you repeat it, and then tell you that you have just received the Holy Ghost. Then they wonder why such a person is so often found back out in the world practicing his same old sinful habits. Need I explain it to you? What did such a person receive? I grant you this, that now and then a truly hungry soul will come that route in their search for reality, but such a person will not stop there forever. As the Holy Ghost begins to put a hunger in their soul, they will first begin to ask questions of their pastor, their Sunday school teacher, or anyone else that they respect, and finally, when they have failed to receive an answer that will satisfy their hunger, they begin to search outside of the denominational structure, and that is when the Holy Ghost will lead them to truth. One thing is sure though, Such a person will not receive the Holy Ghost just because someone beats them on the back and shakes their chin. If they do truly receive, it will be because of their hunger for righteousness.


DARKNESS CANNOT PRODUCE LIGHT


I heard a news commentator interviewing a man that had been occupied with some job in your nation’s capital, a man that was supposed to have been recently converted, according to his own testimony. As he was questioned about his present outlook on life, and his present plans, he said he was getting ready to enter, I believe it was some Baptist seminary, to study theology. The Bible is so unlimited, he said. Brothers and Sisters: that is the truth. The Bible is unlimited, but I hope you will believe me when I tell you this, The Bible is not meant to be a religious text book, so you can study religion, and then use it in politics, or for some worldly gain. God is not saving souls just to turn them loose out here in Babylon for some preacher or politician to use them. If you think He is, then you are in worse shape than those we are talking about. Of course there are people who will jump up and say, You do not have a vision for souls, or you would not talk like that. I will just turn that remark right around and say, Your vision for souls will never amount to anything more than a lot of confusion, until you get your own life in line with the word of God. You will never get one soul into the kingdom of God until God begins to deal with that soul to draw him. Did Jesus say, in John 6:44, “No man can come to me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day?” What good is your vision for lost souls, if you yourself do not know the truth of the gospel of Christ? Can your traditions save him? The early church had a vision. They had a commission, an objective, and they had the qualifications, and materials, to present a true witness of Jesus Christ. They weren’t giving out Satan’s perverted hand-me-down religion; they were preaching, and testifying according to a true revelation of who Jesus Christ is, and what He accomplished at Calvary for lost mankind. Isn’t it strange that they did not have any Bible schools in that first age of Christianity, if God only works through such places now? You who are spiritual already know the answer to that questions, so let us move along to our next scripture.


SPIRIT OF TRUTH


Let us turn to St. John 15:26, where we will find another term applied to the Holy Ghost, by Jesus, “But when the Comforter is come, whom I will send unto you from the Father, (not another person of the Godhead, but the sovereign Spirit which is God,) even the Spirit of TRUTH, (I want you to notice this term, SPIRIT OF TRUTH,) which proceedeth from the Father, He shall testify of me.” What would He tell them? That Jesus was the second person of a triune Godhead? I dare you to find such a thing in the Bible. Alright then, let us see just what Jesus has said about the Holy Ghost up to this point. We have FIRE, WATER, COMFORTER, TEACHER and now, TRUTH. Why did He keep referring to Him in a different way, by a different term? It lets me know that those who do truly receive the genuine baptism of the Holy Ghost, have something within them that will do a complete job. He will be to you everything you need to mold you into the image of Jesus Christ, and present you spotless, and without a wrinkle or blemish on that blessed day that we are longing for. In John 6:35, Jesus said, “I am the BREAD of life: he that cometh to me shall never hunger; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst.” You will never hunger and thirst for soul salvation again, but your hunger and thirst will be for a closer walk with God, and to be more like Jesus Christ. Well, how do we eat of this bread of life? What is it? It is the revealed word of God. A person could go to a Bible school for 10 years, and still never eat one bit of that bread of life. Why? Because this bread is only for those who are born again, and to be born again is to be baptized with the Holy Ghost, and most of those who feel such a need for theology have never had this experience, or they would not be where they are. He would lead them into truth, and out of their Bible school. They would throw their cigarettes away and dress right, and be concerned about what kind of image they portray. I remember years ago, when the Spirit of God was still among the Methodist people, God would get hold of a lost soul; that person would go to church and get saved, and the Holy Spirit would lead them into that sanctified experience according to the light they had then, and they would not need anyone to tell them to throw away their cigarettes, and chewing tobacco and alcoholic beverages. The Holy Ghost would tell them. But what do you see, passing those places in this day and hour? You can see them flip their cigarettes as they go up the steps to the church house door. You can see their women going in dressed in their lib-suits, slacks, blue jeans and you name it. They go into those places to learn the doctrines of John Wesley, and to pacify themselves, because they feel that a person ought to go to church at least on Sunday morning, but the FIRE, THE LIGHT, has moved off and left their system dead, and they still do not know it.


NO HOLY GHOST FILLED CATHOLICS


Brothers and Sisters: Going to church ought not be just to fulfill a ritual once or twice a week. The Bible teaches us to assemble ourselves together, and it is important that we do so as often as we can, for this is where the Holy Ghost works among the body of believers in various ways. This is also where we are taught the things of God. We would not even suggest that a person could not be a born again Christian if they did not assemble with other Christians, for we know that there are precious souls that are denied that privilege for various reasons, but if you are where you can, and you just simply do not feel the need to, you had better check up on your spiritual experience with God. Furthermore, I want to put some emphasis on this 26th verse, in John 15, for the sake of those who read it so lightly. When Jesus referred to the Holy Ghost as the Spirit of truth, brother, that ought to tell us something. He will not tell one person that God is ONE, and then tell someone else that God is three persons, a holy trinity. I will not tell you that you could not receive the Holy Ghost until you understand the Godhead, but if the spirit you received lets you go through life believing that God is three persons, you did not receive the Holy Ghost, the Spirit of truth. I will go one step further if you can receive it. There are not Holy Ghost filled Catholics, no Holy Ghost filled Baptists, Methodist, Lutherans, nor any such like. Jesus said the Holy Ghost is the Spirit of truth, and I know, and am fully persuaded that He will not be in a person and allow them to keep on being Catholics, Baptists and such like. There was a day, when God overlooked all those denominational titles, and just dealt with the hungry souls that carried them, while He was preparing them for more light that was still to be restored. But we are living in an hour when the light of God’s word has led His true children out of those systems and the systems are without life. Those hungry souls that came to the Azusa Street mission came as Baptists, Methodist, Nazarenes, and all such life, but when God gave them the holy Ghost, slain many of they , and laid them on the floor speaking in tongues for hours, they did not leave there with their denominational titles; they left as new creatures in Christ Jesus, even some of those that just came in to find fault and criticize. Many of those people, up until the Azusa Street hour, thought they had everything God had to offer, yet Christianity at that hour spent more time fussing over doctrines than they did worshiping God. But when it was time for more light to be revealed, God began to put a hunger, and a thirst in many of them. Well, if there is a thirst there, we know that God will always have what it takes to quench that thirst, so as these began to seek Him, they would wind up speaking in tongues. What was it? They were receiving the Spirit of Truth in a measure. Now, Bro. Jackson, in the light of Acts 2:4, how can you make a statement like that? Just be still until we get to Acts 2:4, and we will see. There are a lot of Pentecostals that believe in Acts 2:4, but when they get over to Acts 2:38, they don’t believe any more. Does that help answer your questions? Acts 2:38 is actually the door to Acts 2:4, and a lot more. I remember years ago, the Canada brothers would sing a little song, “If you believe in Acts 2:4, and you don’t read any more, There’s an eye watching you. You’ll have trouble at the gate, about Acts 2:38, So, if I were you, I’d make a change.” It has been a long time since I heard anyone sing that little song, but it is the absolute truth. I sometimes wonder how many of you, when you speak of the Holy Ghost, are you speaking of Him just from the supernatural standpoint? I believe in the supernatural power of God as much as any of you, but I also realize that there is a lot more than that involved in a dedicated, Spirit filled walk with God. He can knock you down, pick you up, spin you around, heal your sick body, show you visions and dreams, cause you to speak in tongues, prophesy, and a lot more, but He also wants to lead you into all truth, and into a life of true holiness where He can order your footsteps moment by moment. Carnal man is always trying to pull God down to his carnal level, run everything through a traditional pipeline, and make a doctrine out of everything God does. I never worry too much about what the Holy Ghost leads a person to do, just as long as that person does not try to make a doctrine out of what they do.


SPIRITUAL HOUSE CLEANING


Many times I have listened to Pentecostal folks as they would deal with other people and hear them say, Oh, when the Holy Ghost comes, He speaks for Himself. Of course, I know what they mean, but in reality, Jesus said the Holy Ghost would not speak of Himself but would magnify the things of Jesus Christ. In other words, the Spirit would not be magnifying the Spirit, but rather, the word of God. Furthermore, the Holy Ghost being the Spirit of truth, He is quite capable of correcting error wherever it may be, for one thing is sure, if there is a mistake, it did not originate with Him; He does not make mistakes. Any mistake, either originated from the human spirit of man, or from the devil, the adversary of God and all His true people. The Holy Ghost will definitely correct error though, for He remains to be our Comforter, and there is little comfort to be realized, when we are out of step with God. Jesus said, “Lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.” He also said, “I will not leave you comfortless; I will come to you.” Brother, and Sister: when I see people sad, confused, bewildered, one thing I know, they need a Comforter, and they have not yet found Him. He is never far away; It is just that many people have never opened the door of their mind enough to allow Him to take over. He does not like to come into your life with restrictions hanging on the wall; He wants you to throw the door wide open and say, Lord, you come in and take control. Do anything you want to do. That is the only way He can be your Comforter. He must have the privilege of rearranging your spiritual house to suit His taste. You do not have to worry though, for He is a good interior decorator. He will not throw out anything you need, and neither will He leave your house a wreck. He will get everything in perfect order.


SPIRIT OF CONVICTION – REPROOF – JUDGMENT


Alright now, as we move into the 16th chapter of John’s gospel, beginning with verse 7, and reading down through verse 11, we find Jesus saying something else about this Comforter that is to come. Listen, “Nevertheless I tell you the truth: It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you; but if I depart, I will send Him unto you.” Jesus continues to use the term, Comforter, even as He tells of what He will do among all mankind, and I believe what He says here in these verses is to back up what He said in John 6:44, “No man can come unto me, except the Father (the great eternal Spirit) which hath sent me draw him.” Therefore, notice what the office work of the Holy Spirit is, as pertaining to lost mankind. He said, “It is expedient for you that I go away.” That word, expedient, means necessary. In order for the Holy Spirit to come on the scene and fulfill His office work, the flesh man (Jesus) would have to be off the scene, for the work described in these next verses is a universal work, not to be limited to what Jesus would do as He walked upon earth in those days. Verse 8, “And when He is come, He will reprove the world of sin, (To reprove, is to convict. He is convicting the world of their sin of unbelief. Not everyone; just those who were foreknown of God from before the foundation of the world.) And of righteousness, and of judgment: (9) Of sin, because they believe not of me: (10) Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more: (11) Of Judgment, because the prince of this world is judged.” What causes a man of the world to just merely go his own carefree way through life? Unbelief toward God, of course. What causes a person that has live like that to suddenly become God conscious? The convicting power of the Holy Spirit, as He begins to convict and woo that person. Before the Holy Spirit moves upon the scene and does His work, you could talk your head off to such a person, and they would still not have any time for God. You can ask them, Don’t you think it is about time for you to get right with God? But their reply will be something like this, I don’t have time for anything like that right now. Besides, I have done too many bad things in life; God don’t want me. He wouldn’t have any pity of a person like me. These are just excuses. It doesn’t matter how rotten and ornery a person has been in their past life, when they repent God will receive them. But the truth is, they cannot repent until the Holy Spirit begins to convict and draw them. Genuine soul salvation is not something you can sell to people like apples and oranges; it is a free gift, and only God Himself knows who will receive His gift of eternal life. Now the Holy Spirit does not get hold of a lost man and just begin to convict him that it is wrong to drink, smoke, gamble, and such as that. What He works on, is that person’s unbelief. When their unbelief goes out, so do all their ungodly habits begin to go also. That person will begin to have different desires, different cravings. Those old habits will cease to satisfy. That hungering in their soul can only be satisfied by a good spiritual meal from the table of God’s word.


RIGHTEOUSNESS


The next phase of this convicting process deals with righteousness. The Jews of that hour thought they had the inside track on righteousness. They felt so holy, and from the outward appearance they did look holy, but inwardly they were as mean as snakes. Underneath all their holy paraphernalia stood men crying, Crucify him! Who does he think he is, calling us children of the devil? There stood the Righteousness of God in their very midst, and they were only interested in seeing Him put to death, so they would no longer have an accusing finger pointed toward them. Only the Holy Ghost can convict individuals, and show them what true righteousness really is. Most of us have lived to see people put on their righteous front, wear their Sunday school pins, and go to church for a few minutes at least once a week. Some of them will have their whole chest decorated with these Sunday school attendance pins, look and talk so holy, and try to make you feel so worthless, if you are not one of them. Yet God is not interested in any of that. He couldn’t care less if you have your chest decorated like a soldier that has just returned from the war. People who delight themselves with such as this, do not know the first thing about true righteousness, therefore when the Holy Ghost comes, He does not bother that fellow. He started to Sunday school as a very small boy, and he has had this man-made standard of righteousness drilled into him all his life. Now he is an old gray headed man, walking up the steps of the church house with a cane, wearing his pins, and thinking about all of his achievement awards through the years. He is completely dedicated to all that is meaningful to him, but somehow the Holy Ghost has never seemed to tell that old fellow that he is going the wrong way. If you try to talk to him, he will stand there quivering, leaning on that old cane, and say, Listen son, I have been in Sunday school all my life; I have done this and that, and so on, so don’t try to tell me that I am wrong. I have memorized almost half of the Bible, and I have spent hours and hours discussing the scriptures with Dr. So and So, and we agree upon everything, and besides, Where did you go to school? You try to talk to him about some of the deeper truths of the Bible, and he will say, I don’t think we have to know all of that in order to be saved, and go to heaven. Why does he talk like that? Simply because the Holy Spirit has never convicted him, or shown him what true righteousness is. Now to you who may think I am making fun of such people, let me assure you, I am not! Except for the grace and mercy of God I could be just exactly like that. Nevertheless truth is truth, regardless of who it hits. Some of you may have relatives that are just exactly like that; I cannot help that, but I can tell you the truth about it.


I will never forget, when I was a little boy, going to the Church of Christ church, at Borden, Indiana. They always had the Lord’s supper following the morning service, and one of the deacons that would get up there explaining how to prepare yourself and get ready to receive it, had all the tell tale signs of a tobacco chewer. He would go through all of his ritual just the way he had been taught. But as soon as the service was over, and he got out the church house door, out would come his plug of tobacco, and his knife to whack off a chew. Cars, in those days, did not have windows that rolled up and down, so he could just spit tobacco juice all the way home, and never have to worry about rolling down a window. Who will the Holy Ghost convict of righteousness? Those that He is drawing. If He convicted the whole world, then the whole world would throw away their tobacco, beer, wine, whiskey and all such like. He will convict people from every nation in the world, but certainly not all of the people of the world.


JUDGMENT


Let us look at the judgment aspect now, for a few minutes. “Of judgment, because the prince of this world if judged.” What a trial. What a judgment. The real judge of the world was judged by the world. That, in itself, shows just how much or how little, those religious people of that hour knew about truth. They had very little concept about what true faith in God was, and what true righteousness was, or what true judgment was. All of their programs were run by natural minded men; the Spirit of God had no part in it. Their judgment was not even according to the law of Moses; it was according to their traditions. Therefore, this Comforter that Jesus spoke of, was not only going to reprove the world for their unjust judgment; He also, would teach some folks how true judgment should operate. With Him dwelling in believers, Paul said that the saints, (true believers) would judge the world, even angels, and therefore should be able now, to judge matters among ourselves, without having to go outside the body of believers. Jesus is saying these things to His disciples, preparing them for His departure, and for the coming of His Spirit that would lead their lives into all truth and understanding. Then notice what He said to them in verse 12, “I have yet many things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.” What did He mean? Simply this, He had many spiritual things to impart to them, deeper things. But He knew, that without the Holy Ghost, the Comforter, the Spirit of truth, they did not have anything in them to understand with, so let us notice verse 13. “Howbeit (nevertheless) when He, the SPIRIT OF TRUTH, is come, He will guide you into all truth; for He shall not speak of Himself; but whosoever He shall bear, that shall He speak: and He will show you things to come. (14) He shall glorify me: for He shall receive of mine, and shall show it unto you.” As I said before, I like this term, SPIRIT OF TRUTH. When you go back to John 14:6, Jesus said to Thomas, “I am the way, the TRUTH, and the life, no man cometh unto the Father, but by me.” That lets us know that the SPIRIT OF TRUTH is the Spirit of the Lord Jesus Christ, and when He is in us, we are one with Him, and with each other; just like He prayed in John 17:21. Therefore from within a believer, He can guide that person into ALL TRUTH. That does not mean that He will force you into truth. That is not what a guide does. In the natural, a guide is someone to lead you, or assist you in what you desire to do. So as it also in the spiritual realm; when you reach a point of hunger, or desire. He is right there, to lead and assist you. One big difference, compared to a guide in natural things, is that He knows our limitations and abilities, and will never try to take you beyond your limits. (That is the reason you have 30, 60, and 100 fold Christians, in the parable of Matthew 13:3-8.) Collectively, He guides the church as a group, but personally, He guides every individual believer according to their own abilities. Brothers and Sisters, we need that calm, careful, loving presence, as we journey through this life, for we are traveling on a pathway of life that we have never traveled before. I readily confess that I do not know a thing about it, and I am so thankful to have a guide that I can depend upon, one that is well qualified.


WHERE IS GOD’S HOUSE?


When you go on a tour, and land over there in Israel, and the tour guide meets you, and takes you to your bus, he will always introduce himself, or in some cases, herself, and from that point on, you are looking to that guide to assist you, and to teach you. They do not necessarily have a revelation of all that they know about the various places they will take you, but one thing is sure, they can tell you WHAT took place at those points of interest. It seems like Ben Meyerstein, just goes out of his way trying to make each tour as meaningful to us as possible, and that is exactly what the Holy Ghost does for every believer that has purposed to follow Him. He goes out of His way in order to guide you into all truth, and also to sit you down and teach you, so to speak. In other words, we need a guide when we are on a journey, and we are on a journey, but from the standpoint of also being our teacher, sometimes it is necessary for us to sit down, settle down, and be taught of Him. You can draw another parallel of spiritual and natural right here. A guide will lead you to a certain point, then when he has everyone’s attention, he will take time to explain, or teach what he knows about that place. Now that takes my mind back to the UPC people. They followed the guide to the truth that God is ONE instead of trinity, like the Assemblies of God teach. But they have never stopped long enough to be taught anything else by Him. They are busily passing right by God’s storehouse of revelation. They spend so much time rejoicing over their initial evidence, (speaking in tongues) they do not even realize that they have actually stopped right in the doorway of the kingdom of God. They have no idea whatsoever about what is inside. They talk about their mansion in heaven, and have never come to the knowledge that every true believer is a mansion where God dwells. “In my Father’s house are many mansions.” That is the absolute truth. God’s true people are the house of God, and He lives in every one of them. There are your mansions; believers that are filled with the Holy Ghost. “I go to prepare a place for you.” Where did He go? Did He go into heaven with a load of bricks and stones to build mansions for us? Is that what you think He meant? Let me tell you where He went. He went to Calvary, wore a crown of thorns, and shed His precious blood. For what? To prepare a place for us in His Father’s house. If He had not prepared a place for us, we could not be where we are today, in the house of God. (In His great body of believers.) Now to you UPC people who think you have all that God has to offer, I will say this, If you live to be a hundred and twenty years old, you will still not have all that God has to offer, for His word is a storehouse of spiritual nutrients, and there never comes a time in this natural life, that we have received all that it is possible to receive from the Lord. There is always something else that the Holy Spirit can teach you. But Bro. Jackson, I thought you said, He would lead us into all truth. That is absolutely correct. In every age He has led true believers into all the truth that pertained to their age, but those that are privileged to live until Jesus comes to catch His bride away, will know things that no other believer has ever known before.


WHO SHOULD BE GLORIFIED?


Jesus said that the Holy Ghost would not speak of Himself when He came, so where does that leave some of you who are forever glorifying the Holy Spirit that you claim to have received? If He is in you, then why is He not doing what He is supposed to do? “He shall not speak of Himself; but whatsoever He shall hear, that shall He speak: and He will show you things to come. He shall glorify me: for He shall receive of mine, and shall show it unto you.” In other words, He will point the believer to Jesus Christ and the redemptive work of God, and anything in the future that would be beneficial to believers, He will show also. But every believer ought to be persuaded in his heart that the Holy Ghost is not in them to go contrary to what Jesus said He would come to do. Certainly we are not publishing this message to diminish anything from the true work of the Holy Ghost, but rather, in an effort to help you better understand just exactly who He is, what He is doing in the world today, and what the true evidence of His presence is. Therefore, if you will bear with me, we will just allow the scriptures themselves to answer your questions on this subject, for we want to give every attribute of the Holy Ghost full recognition, but in its proper place, and at the proper time. Thousands upon thousands are walking away from the real truth of the scriptures, and just using a little text, of a verse or two here and there in an effort to give their man-made programs a scriptural identify, but genuine Bible believers are getting wise to them. I am becoming more and more convinced every day, that Pentecost of today, even though it is still less than 80 years old, is far from being in the will of God. Their own systems and programs are proof that the light and fire of the Holy Ghost is leaving their camps. He is leaving every system of religion, and leading every predestined soul out with Him. Naturally I do not want anyone just to take my word for anything that is said in this message, so that is why I feel it is so important not to leave out any verse of scripture that will be beneficial to our understanding as we deal with this subject. So let us go to the 20th chapter of John, where we will begin reading with verse 19.


PREPARATORY COMMAND


I do not know if you have ever noticed this or not, but it was John that actually put the emphasis upon these various statements made by Jesus. It seems that he just picked up every one of them, the very minute Jesus began to speak of a Comforter to come. He picked up every term that Jesus attributed to this Comforter, and wrote it for believers to read later. When Jesus spoke of a Comforter, the water of eternal life, fire, light, a guide, a teacher: it seems that John’s heart was picking up every word of it, and it was really speaking to him. What we are going to read now was one of the last statements Jesus made before His departure from the earth, so let us notice what He said, and what He did, and try to understand the significance of it. (19) “Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in the midst of them, and said, Peace be unto you. (This was the evening of the same day He arose from the grave.) (20) And when He had so said, He showed unto them His hands and His side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the Lord. (21) Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: (Now right here, comes the commission for going out to preach the gospel, but we also see here, the preparation and condition that would put that commission into effect.) As my Father hath sent me, even so send I you. (22) And when He had said this, He breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost.” Brothers and Sisters, I want to be sure you realize that there was no experience of receiving anything at that particular time. No one received anything other than a preparatory command, that was given to condition their thinking, and to alert them to what was to come later. Up to this point He has only told them to receive something. He has not told them what to listen for, nor what to look for, nor how they would feel when they received; He only told them to receive it. No man had ever had the chance to doctrinalize the experience, therefore their minds were completely clear and void of man’s contamination. That is the true beauty of it all. There was no possible way they could maneuver each other in order to speed up the process, all they could possibly do, was just obey what Jesus told them, wait until.

 

 

PROMISE OF THE FATHER


We must read Luke 24:29, and Acts 1:8, more or less together now, in order to catch a complete picture of what has been said to these disciples. Luke wrote both the gospel of Luke and the book of Acts, but at different intervals of time, therefore even though both of these statements were made at the same time, they were not recorded together, so let us read Acts 1:8, first. Beginning with verse 4, Jesus has instructed those disciples to wait at Jerusalem until they receive the promise of the Father, and told them what the promise of the Father was, and when you get down to verse 8, you read, “But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” Verse 9, lets us know when these words were spoken, just before He ascended into heaven, so let us now read Luke 24:49, to get the rest of the picture together. He has just been reminding them of how the law and the prophets are being fulfilled by what is taking place, and telling them that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in His name, and we learn from Acts 1, that they are not to begin this work until after they have received power from on high, or the power of the Holy Ghost. He told them that they were witnesses of those things, and then said, verse 49, “And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high.” Then verse 51, lets us know when those words were spoken. He told them all those things standing right there on the mount of Olives, just before He was parted from them, and received up into the clouds. But this promise of the Father is what He had actually been talking to them about for 3½ years, so it was not something new that He sprang upon them right at the last minute. Back over in John 7:37, where we started this message, He was speaking of the promise of the Father when He said, “If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink.” The only thing is, this outpouring of the Holy Ghost, recorded in Acts 2:4 could not take place just anywhere, and at any time; it had to coincide exactly with a certain feast spoken of in Leviticus, the feast of Pentecost. That is why Jesus told those disciples to tarry in the city of Jerusalem until they received power from on high. He did not tell them just exactly how long they would have to wait, He just put their faith to the test by letting them have only those promises and instructions. Yet He, Himself, knew it could not take place until the feast days which typed and shadowed this event were fully come. Naturally the place where this festivity always took place, was Jerusalem, so that is why they were told not to depart from Jerusalem until they had received this power from on high.


POWER FROM ON HIGH


This word POWER, that Jesus has now used for the first time, gives us another term that He has applied to the Holy Ghost. This speaks of the supernatural side of the workings of the Spirit they are to receive. There are other scriptures where this word, power, simply means authority, but in this particular setting it literally means, power, for when you take it to Mark 16:20 and Hebrew 2:4, you find that wherever these first age believers witnessed of the things they had seen and heard, the Lord worked with them, confirming their word with signs, and miracles, and wonders, but according to His own will. How did the Lord work with them? By the supernatural power of the Holy Ghost. Brother, I will guarantee you one thing; they were not preaching an evidence of speaking in tongues. That was just one of the spiritual manifestations that followed when people believed and obeyed their testimony. But my point is, the power side of the Holy Ghost was manifested wherever those first age Christians witnessed of the Lord Jesus Christ. They were not going around bearing witness of the power of the Holy Ghost though; they were truly giving testimony and witness of what they had seen and heard, and how it fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies, and the Holy Ghost was on hand to back up their testimonies. In that first age, those disciples could bear witness, and give testimony of what they had seen and heard with their natural eyes and ears, as well as with their spiritual eyes and ears. That is what it means, to bear witness, or to bear testimony. You tell what you have seen and heard. Well, what about Gentiles that have never had any visual contact with the Lord Jesus Christ in the natural? Can they bear testimony of the Lord Jesus Christ? After they have been baptized with the Holy Ghost they can, for He, inside your vessel of clay, is the illuminator, the revelator, the teacher. Anyone who has the Holy Ghost can say, I know who Jesus is, He is the Christ, the Jewish Messiah that was to come. Within Him dwelleth all the fulness of the eternal Godhead. That is why the scripture says that no man can say that Jesus is Lord, but by the Holy Ghost. It takes the Holy Ghost to give that revelation to us spiritually. Therefore, we can know beyond any shadow of doubt that when some believe God is three persons, and others believe He is only one, one group has to be wrong. Someone is trying to bear witness of something they know nothing about. Do you believe the Holy Ghost would tell one group that God is ONE; and tell another group that God is three persons? An awful lot of those that believe He is three persons are speaking in tongues and claiming to have the Holy Ghost, so what is wrong? Most of them have followed signs instead of the word of God until God has given them over to strong delusion. I don’t know who is who along that line, but I do know this, There will not be one person in the rapture of the bride of Christ, that still believes God is three persons. You can mark that down. That little bride is to be perfected before she is caught up to be with the Bridegroom, and God is not perfecting those that reject the revelation of His word for this last age. That is why you have heard me say so many times, You simply cannot make it in on grandma’s faith; you have to have a personal revelation of your own, and that will correspond with what God is doing on the earth in your age.


NO SALVATION WITHOUT HOLY GHOST


Now let me say a word to some of you who may still think a few are going to make in into the portals of glory without ever receiving the Holy Ghost. Why would Jesus and the apostles stress the importance, and put so much emphasis upon the necessity of believers receiving the Holy Ghost if God was going to accept some without it? I would like to ask you also, Why do you think the apostle Paul would write to the Roman believers and say, “Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of His,” if it isn’t essential? You will find that in Romans 8:9. Then, in verse 14, he said, “For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons of God.” From inside them, of course. In verse 11, he said, “But if the Spirit of Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, He that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken (make alive) your mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you.” Need I remind you what your lot will be, if the Spirit of Christ does not dwell in you in this life? I think you know already. This is not just some little game God is playing, trying to see just how many He can get over on His side. I assure you, He already knows who will believe and obey His word. He knew that before He ever even created a star or anything. By the same token, if He already knew who would believe and obey Him, He also knew who would not; therefore, just as believers are predestined to eternal life, unbelievers are foreordained, or predestinated to condemnation and destruction. But I do believe; I just don’t believe we all have to believe the same thing, in order to be saved. Mister: You are living in the wrong age to be talking like that. God has restored the truth to His true church; therefore, end-time believers absolutely must believe the same thing, and they will. There is no doubt about it, Revelated people are not going to believe you have the Holy Ghost, just on the mere fact that you can speak in tongues. Demons can speak in tongues also. I want to call your attention to a couple of verse in II Corinthians 11, where Paul is writing of false apostles, deceitful workers who transform themselves into the apostles of Christ, and he continues on, in verse 14, saying, “And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. (15) Therefore it is no thing if his (Satan’s) ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works.” The end for evil workers is destruction. Jesus was asked, “What shall we do, that we might work the works of God?” Do you know what His answer was? (John 6:28-29) “This is the work of God, that ye believe on Him whom He hath sent.”


LOVE ONE ANOTHER


I am reminded of another statement Jesus made, and how carnal minded people have applied it, so let us read John 13:35, at this time, “By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another.” Jesus, speaking of the kind of love God has for His children, opened up an idea that carnal mankind has used to its limits. When you take that verse of scripture out of its context, you can put it into any denomination of religion, or even in a lodge, and they will build something that looks real, for it is within your human nature to love something. But, listen to me Saints: When Jesus spoke of this love one toward another it was not even to be applied in the category of humanity, aside from the recreated spirit within. The kind of love must first be exercised toward God, before it can be exercised among each other, and to love God is to love His word. If you do not have a love for the whole word of God, your love is as counterfeit as a plastic horn. True love will first put you in tune with God, and outside of that, there is no divine love, all you have is human love, and that can be very deceiving. Catholic priests and nuns have gone out, all over the world to work among poverty stricken humanity, and on the surface one might think this is exactly what Jesus was talking about, but I can assure you, that it is not. Just a few months ago, I noticed where they were giving praise and recognition to a certain nun, because she had spent so many years of her life in India, working among poverty stricken people. They heaped a great amount of praise upon her, for her love and dedication in all of this, and the world of religion looked upon her with great admiration. What a sacrifice that woman has made, was upon their lips. Now, Brothers and Sisters, you may get sore at me, and some of you may say, Bro. Jackson, you are just too hard hearted, but I must tell you this anyhow, That was not a love deed motivated from the fountain of love from above. Jesus was none other than the love of God, “For God so loved the world that He gave His only begotten Son, that whosoever (WHAT? is hungry, might have a good hot meal fixed for them? Oh, NO.) BELIEVETH ON HIM should not perish, but have everlasting life.” That means, that anyone who recognizes that he is a lost sinner, whether rich or poor, and believes and obeys the gospel of Jesus Christ, will not perish in hell, but will have everlasting life. The man, Jesus, who was the Christ, was the living example of the love of God, yet there were many poor people around Him constantly, that He never lifted a hand to help. Then when some criticized a certain little woman that had anointed His feet with a little box of ointment they said should have been sold, and the money given to the poor, Jesus said, “Let her alone: against the day of my burying hath she kept this. For the poor always ye have with you; but me ye have not always.” Saints: I am not against helping the poor, but I am saying these things trying to show you that this is not what Jesus was speaking of, in that scripture verse we read. God will change the poverty situation in the Millennium, but in the meanwhile the church has the responsibility of reflecting the light of the saving grace of the Lord Jesus Christ. If man’s problems are ever to be taken away, he must first step into that light. If God could get into the hearts of all of mankind, you would not have multi-millionaires on one hand, and poverty stricken ones on the other. The Bible says that in the Millennium, every man shall sit under his own vine, and under his own fig tree, and shall eat the fruit thereof. They shall build houses, and inhabit them. They will not be disposessed by some mortgage holder. The Psalmist said, “I have seen the wicked in his great power, and spreading himself like a green bay tree. Yet he passed away, and, lo, he was not: Yea, I sought him, but he could not be found.” God is getting ready to cut those old wicked trees down, and shortly thereafter, “The meek shall inherit the earth,” but meanwhile the love that causes one to know that we are disciples of Jesus Christ, must be a love that radiates from the inward presence of the One that would not be there, if we did not first have a genuine love for His word. No wonder the scripture says, “thy word O Lord is a lamp unto my feet, and a light unto my pathway.” When the Holy Ghost dwells within, and has control of our lives, we will not be running here and there, seeking the praise of other men. We will first seek to please God in all that we do. Then, our prayers will be something more than, “Now I lay me down to sleep.” We will learn to talk to God in an informal way, right from the depths of our soul. Shame on the person who claims to be filled with the Holy Ghost, and still prays those little memorized prayers, or is so formal and stiff collared the he cannot express his true feelings to God from the depths of his soul.


WHO WILL FOLLOW THE SHEPHERD?


It doesn’t matter what color our skin is, nor where we came from, nor what language we speak; when the Holy Ghost comes in and takes over our life, we then, and then only, are capable of exercising the kind of love one to another that Jesus was speaking of. The true people of God are many people, but they are not to be a people of many minds, for the apostle Paul said, “Be ye all of the same mind.” That simply means that God’s true people will all believe the same thing; they will not have different doctrines to fight over, as we have seen so much of, in denominational churches. Furthermore, you will not hear a person that is truly filled with the Holy Ghost say, I love God; but that serpent seen doctrine is out of the pit, or I would rather be baptized like Jesus said, than like Peter said. You cannot pronounce their eternal destiny, for God can always get hold of them, but you can know that such a person does not have the Holy Ghost fountain within to draw their words from. These are the kind that like to stand up and testify, I am saved, sanctified, and on my way to heaven, but they are like an old terrapin that has pulled his head inside his shell, and is afraid to stick it out again; they have closed their minds to the voice of God. Jesus said, “I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, and am known of mine.” He also said that sheep know the voice of their shepherd, and a stranger they will not follow, so will you please tell me how a person could have the Holy Ghost in their life, and still be afraid to hear the voice of God, as He speaks through His servants in these last days? Regardless of what some of you may think, the real sheep are those that are filled with the genuine Holy Ghost, and you will find that every one of them love the word of God, and they are not afraid of the truth. Those who are afraid to hear anything different than what they have always believed, could not possibly ever be ready to meet the Lord in the air, for those who will arise to meet Him, will have heard some things that they did not know before, from those 7 thunders of Revelation 10:3-4, things that the bride will need to know. Speaking in tongues won’t help you then, for only a pure revelation will be acceptable to Him. That is the only thing that the gates of hell cannot prevail against.


RECEIVING THE HOLY GHOST


We want to get back to the 2nd chapter of Acts now, and try to finish what we were saying about those that received the Holy Ghost there, on the day of Pentecost. All of the various phases of this feast of Pentecost pointed to the time when God would send the fire of the Holy Ghost to consume those that had offered themselves to him. As we said already, those that waited for the promise of the Father, there, in that upper room, did not have the slightest idea of what to expect, and neither did that group that was gathered in the house of Cornelius. The angel of the Lord God appeared to Cornelius in a vision, and said to him, Send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter: He shall tell thee what thou oughtest to do. Now Cornelius sent for Peter, but he did not have the faintest idea of what he was going to hear, and even Peter as he went with those men, did not know what he was going to say, but the Holy Ghost inside him did the talking, once he entered into the presence of those Gentiles that were gathered there. What happened? They had what we call, a Pentecostal experience. Yes! They did speak in tongues, but Pentecost does not refer to speaking; it refers to feasting. That is what Pentecost was, to the Jews, a feast in the natural. But to that 120 believers that had waited there, in that upper room, it was more than a natural feast. To them, it was a spiritual feast. They had been hungering for righteousness, and now, they were being filled. Therefore, at this point let me ask you, Why did not the rest of the great multitude that followed Jesus receive this experience also? You say, Because they did not obey the instructions Jesus gave, “Tarry in Jerusalem until ye be endued with power from high.” Alright then, What right do any of you today have to expect to receive the Holy Ghost, aside from the instructions given in Acts 2:38? I hope you are getting my point. Jesus did not tell them where, in Jerusalem, they were to wait; that was their option. Neither did He tell them what day the promise would come; that was His option. But they were all in one accord, and in one place, when the time arrived. They all remembered the words of Jesus, and they believed Him. They believed He would send the promise of the Father, but there is no record, that any of them had any preconceived notions about what the experience, would be like, so what happened? Suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting (S-I-T-T-I-N-G). I just wanted to be sure you all caught that, for there are a lot of peculiar ideas around, about what position one must be in, in order to receive the Holy Ghost. The sitting position was their option also. Did they all hear the sound as of a rushing mighty wind blowing? Yes! Does that mean that everyone who receives the Holy Ghost will hear it? No! But some do, and that is God’s option. I read an article not long ago, where one fellow was completely convinced that a person could not receive the Holy Ghost unless they were lying on the floor, under the pews. He said, It takes that, to get the pride out of you. Maybe it took that to get the pride out of him, but there is no reason to make a doctrine of his own experience. My point is, There is no certain physical posture for receiving the Holy Ghost. God is looking only at your heart. There is no certain manifestation that we have any right to demand as proof, for every promise of God is conditioned upon our faith. We must believe that God will do what He said He would do when we do what we are instructed by His word to do. Furthermore, if you are going to require the same manifestations that those first 120 disciples had, then you cannot stop just with speaking in tongues. You will also have to hear the wind sound, and have the cloven tongues, as of fire, sit upon you. Now I hope you still remember the other scriptures we have already covered, for to the spiritual minded person, they prove beyond any shadow of doubt that to receive the Holy Ghost is to receive the fire also. It is not two separate experiences. But as we get back to what so many refer to as the initial evidence, let me remind you that when those disciples spoke in tongues, they were speaking in understandable languages, as many as 16 different ones. For all of those Jews that had gathered from these various places each heard someone speaking in the language of his home country. They were not just jabbering, like you might hear around the charismatic circles of today.


TEACHER AT WORK


Another thing we want to point out, is that, even though this experience was taking place for the first time, Peter did not have to go get a Rabbi to tell him what had happened to them. No! That teacher went right to work, doing just exactly what Jesus said He would do. Peter stood right up, and said, This is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel, and he went right ahead and quoted those scriptures from Joel, that were being fulfilled. How did he know that? The teacher that he had just received was calling things to his remembrance, and teaching him. Those disciples had walked with Jesus for 3½ years, and they had already witnessed the fact that He arose from the grave, but during those first 40 days after the resurrection, their very actions proved that they still had need of something more than just what they had learned from Jesus by their own natural understanding. Why do I say that? Simply because one time when they had not seen Jesus for a few days, Simon Peter, tired of waiting around, said, I am going fishing, and the others immediately said, we will go too. They just simply needed something to lean on. Jesus had been their crutch for 3½ years, and all they had to do was just follow along, but when He left them alone for a few days, they started to go back to what He had called them away from. They, like so many in our day, just simply did not have anything to hold them. They went back to their fishing, and fished all night long, but they did not catch anything, for they were fishing out of the will of God. Jesus knew where they were though, and came to them the next morning, saying, Children, have ye any meat? They answered, No. You know the story there, but I just used this in order to emphasize the fact that even though they had heard Jesus teach for 3½ years, and even though they believed Him, without the Holy Ghost, none of it meant very much to them. On the other hand, after what happened there in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost, they never again found themselves so bored that they had to go fishing, just to have something to do. When you read the book of Acts, you get the idea that they were all very busy from then on. Brother and Sister, the loving reality of having the living Christ within us is a blessed thing. That is why I have always enjoyed that very special song, “He lives, He lives, Christ Jesus lives today. He walks with me, and talks with me, along life’s narrow way. He lives, He lives, Salvation to impart, You ask me how I know He lives, He lives within my heart.” Now just speaking in tongues will not put that joy, hope, and confidence in your soul that gives you this living reality. That is why we can say today, that the evidence of the Holy Ghosts in a person’s life, is what He does to bring that life in line with the word of God.


OUR REST


The Holy Ghost is our spiritual Sabbath. When He comes in, we can rest from all our worries. We never have to worry any more about whether we are a child of God or not. We never have to work any more, trying to get save. Instead, our testimony is, I am saved. I am resting in God’s promise. Hallelujah! Praise His name. It is not the tongues that give the rest; it is His indwelling presence, and the revelation of the word of God that He imparts. I thank God for the tongues part, but I thank Him even more for the revelational benefit. The devil can take your tongues experience right away from you, and in some cases, people that have spoken in tongues in times past, don’t even want to hear any mention of it today. Do you know why? They had the tongues without the reality of the indwelling presence of the Holy Ghost. They never could find complete rest in the promise, and promises of God. Those who do, can say with the apostle John, Now are we the sons of God. We do not know exactly what we will be like, but we do know that when Christ comes for us we will be like Him. Praise God! We no longer have to hope that someday we will be saved. The Holy Ghost makes that a reality to us. This is the rest Isaiah spoke of in Chapter 28, when he said, “For with stammering lips and another tongue will I speak to this people. (What people? Jews, of course.) To whom he said, This is the rest wherewith ye may cause the weary to rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they would not hear.” Those local Jews could not hear, but 3000 Jews from other areas of the world, that had come to Jerusalem for the Passover feast, certainly heard, believed, and obeyed. But tell me, Do you think God was establishing an evidence of speaking in tongues, just because those early disciples did? Furthermore, if what happened then, is to be looked upon as the initial evidence, and no one has the Holy Ghost unless they have that evidence, then you automatically eliminate thousands and thousands of people that you do not want to eliminate, for they have not spoken in an understandable language, as that 120 disciples did, there at Jerusalem. You just simply cannot listen to a lot of jabbering, and say, This is that which took place at the beginning. On the other hand, when you get it settled in your mind, that speaking in tongues, in any matter, does not prove the presence of the Holy Ghost, you can then appreciate the gift of tongues, without giving it pre-eminence over the other gifts of the Spirit. Prophesy is the same way. Some over zealous people will prophesy right out of their own human spirit, without the Holy Ghost having anything to do with it. Then you will hear some prophesy, by the unction and anointing of the Holy Ghost, that have never spoken in tongues. What does that do to your initial evidence? Saints: I hope more of you are beginning to realize that there are other gifts of the Spirit, other than speaking in tongues, and that they are divided to every believer according to the will of God, just like Paul said in 1st Corinthians 12:11.


SIGNS BUT NOT EVIDENCE


When reading Acts 2:4, you should pay particular attention to the way it is written. They were ALL filled with the Holy Ghost, AND (conjunction) began to speak with other tongues, AS THE SPIRIT GAVE THEM UTTERANCE. In Acts 4:31, you see another manifestation of the Holy Ghost, THEY SPAKE THE WORD OF GOD WITH BOLDNESS. Then in Acts 19:6, still another, THEY PROPHESIED. Brothers and Sisters: We are not saying anything, trying to rule out tongues as a gift of the Holy Ghost; we just want to help you get them in their right perspective. Baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ was a doctrine taught by those early disciples, but you can find no place where tongues was ever taught as a doctrine; they were only mentioned as a gift of the Holy Ghost along with the other gifts. Naturally, anyone who receives the Holy Ghost could speak in tongues, but so could they also interpret tongues, prophesy, speak a word of wisdom, or anything else that the Holy Ghost in them purposed for them to do. In dealing with the gifts of the Spirit, Paul wrote in 1st Corinthians 12:7, saying, “But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to EVERY MAN (or woman) to profit withal.” Sooner or later the Holy Ghost will manifest His presence in a believer’s life, but we have no scriptural authority to demand any certain manifestation. Furthermore, if you yourself have to have some sign given to you, in order for you to know whether you have received this promise of God, then you are putting the cart before the horse. Does not the scriptures teach us that our faith must be the substance of that which we expect to receive from God? Why do you suppose Paul, the apostle to the Gentiles, laid so much emphasis upon faith, if God was going to prove everything to us with signs and evidence? Turn over to the 11th chapter of Hebrews for just a few verses. “Now (when? Now.) Faith is the SUBSTANCE of things hoped for, the evidence (You want evidence; a positive faith based upon the word of God is all the evidence we should need) of things not seen.” (When we are able to see or hear something with our natural eyes and ears, we do not need any faith to believe it.) (3) “Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God.” Your evolutionists do not have faith in God; therefore, they cannot possibly understand anything about creation. We hear a lot of remarks about how Abel offered an acceptable sacrifice, and Cain did not, but have you noticed that Hebrews 11:4 says, “By FAITH Abel offered unto God a more excellent sacrifice than Cain, by which (By what? His faith) he obtained witness that he was righteousness.” Notice verse 6 now, “But without faith (Faith in what? The word of God.) it is IMPOSSIBLE TO PLEASE Him: for he that cometh to God must believe that He is, and that He is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him.” I hope you caught all of that. Not only must one believe that there truly is a sovereign God, but they must also believe that He is a rewarder of those that seek after Him. A clearer understanding of that particular verse might come forth, if it had been translated, you must believe that He will keep His word. Some people cannot believe that they will receive what they prayed for, because they are not sure that God really will do what the Bible says He will. That is the same thing as not having faith. Others will read a promise from the Bible, but they are not sure whether it applies to them or not, therefore they can never exercise faith to lay hold upon that promise. How do we know whether it was written for the nation of Israel, and so forth. If you are wondering about Acts 2:38, it was spoken, and written to individuals that would believe the gospel, repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Of course it was spoken to Jewish individuals, because they were the ones that asked the question, “Men and brethren, What shall we do?” But later, when the gospel began to be preached to the Gentiles also, that same provision was right there for them. As a matter of fact, what Peter said in verse 39, included every Gentile that would ever believe and obey the gospel. Notice now, 38-39, “Then Peter said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of SINS, (plural) and ye shall (What?) Receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. (39) FOR THE PROMISE IS UNTO YOU, AND TO YOUR CHILDREN, AND TO ALL THAT ARE AFAR OFF, (That was we Gentiles.) Even as many as the Lord our God shall call.” Brother, that opened it up to every hungry soul that would ever be convicted by the Spirit of God. Trinity Pentecost will only read Acts 2:4, claim tongues as the initial evidence of the baptism of the Holy Ghost, and take their unmovable stand right there. The oneness element of Pentecost will include Acts 2:38-39, in their articles of faith along with Acts 2:4, but they, like the trinitarians, will read the rest of the chapter without ever seeing anything else in it. What about verse 42? How can they miss that? “And they (all those that believed and were baptized in the name of Jesus Christ.) continued steadfastly in the apostles’ DOCTRINE, and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.” Verse 44 tells us that all that believed were together, and had all things common, and verse 46 tells us that they were all in one accord. There were no doctrinal differences. They all believed the same way. When one of the apostles stood up to present a revelated understanding from the word of God, he did not have to worry about half of the congregation getting up and stomping out of the assembly. Do you know why? They all had the Holy Ghost. He was in this one over here, doing the teaching, and he was in all those who were listening, saying, Amen. That is what John was referring to, over in 1st John 2:20, when he said, “But ye have an unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things.” We started out on John 3:16, that is the milk of the word, but the Holy Ghost will not allow a true believer to go through life sucking on a spiritual milk bottle. There comes a time when He says, Now, I am going to take your bottle away, and fix you a plate. I hope you understand my little illustration. When Peter began to quote Joel there, that day, those orthodox Jews knew they had read those words many times, but they never before knew what they meant. Yet here stood a man speaking with authority telling them what they meant, and the Spirit of conviction came upon them, and they were pricked in their hearts, and immediately they wanted to know what they could do about their condition. This was Peter’s first opportunity to use the keys to the kingdom, that had been committed to him. (Matthew 16:19) So after he had swung that sword of the Spirit for awhile, he was ready to unlock the gate and let those hungry souls in. On the other hand, those local big shots did learn a thing from all that they heard, for the Holy Ghost was not convicting them. From them, was taken away that which they seemed to have had. Up until then, they had sat in the seat of Moses, with, Thou shalt not, Thou shalt not, and every orthodox Jew was subject to those laws, but from this day and onward, those that believed and obeyed the gospel will no longer need to hear, Thou shalt not, for they now have something in them that causes them to say, I don’t want to, I don’t want to, instead. God’s laws are written in the hearts of true believers, and that is why the scriptures say, that we become a law unto ourselves. When we do wrong, the Holy Ghost within us, will let us know right away, that we have done wrong. No! We don’t have to go somewhere, and get saved, all over again; it is just a matter of being repentant, and asking the Father’s forgiveness.


ETERNAL LIFE


Contrary to what an awful lot of people believe, once a person has been truly sealed by the Holy Ghost, they could never be lost again. That is where the reality of eternal security of the believer comes in. You cannot be spiritually unborn any more than you can be unborn in the natural. In the natural, a person can die at any time after birth, but in the spiritual, one who is born again by a spiritual birth can never die spiritually, for their new birth has given them eternal life. But, Bro. Jackson: Can a person that is truly born again still commit sin? Brothers & Sisters: The new birth experience is not an automatic exemption from all wrong deeds in the flesh. If it was, Paul would not have spent so much time admonishing the various assemblies on proper Christian conduct. What you must remember, is that all of these instructions in the New Testament epistles were written to born again believers. They were the only ones that needed to know how to bring their flesh under subjection to the recreated spirit within; and live a life of holiness unto the Lord. Read the 5th chapter of 1st Corinthians, and you will hear Paul say, Deliver that man into the hands of Satan for the destruction of his flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. That tells me that he is a son of God, standing in need of chastening for his wrong doing. You do not have to be afraid to face the truth, if your heart is right with God, and if your heart is not right with God, just covering up the truth will not help you any, for God is only looking at your heart. He knows what you are saying and doing, but your final destiny is determined by what is within you.


WHY RESTORATION WAS NECESSARY


Now in order to clear up, and shed light upon some of our remarks in this message, I want to give a little summary of what happened in between Acts 2:4 in that first age, and Azusa Street in this age. The church did not lose the Holy Ghost all at once, and neither was the Holy Ghost restored back to the church in its fulness all at once. What those hungry saints at Azusa Street mission received was the same Spirit that was received in Acts 2:4, but not in the same measure. In that first age, believers received the Holy Ghost, in its fulness of all the attributes; therefore, their revelation was pure, and there was no cause for disagreement about doctrine, and the manifestations of the Spirit, and it remained so, as long as those first generation watch dogs of the faith were still alive. They had no tares among them, for Satan could not get in to sow the seed. All of those men that were in that upper room on the day of Pentecost were ever watchful over God’s heritage, but they did not live forever. Somewhere in between about 66 A.D., and 90 A.D., Satan got his foot in the door and began to sow some seed of discord among believers. I was just reading in the antinicean father’s commentary where it was speaking of a certain person rising up to speak against water baptism, even as early as the 2nd century, and the writer of the article, called that person a scorpion. Do you know why? Because such people as this are afraid of water. Scorpions, centipedes, and that type of creatures are dry land creatures. He said that anyone that could get such a revelation would have to be a scorpion. But the first goal of Satan was to get rid of the primary doctrine of the Christian church, which was their one God revelation. Gentiles had always believed in pagan gods by the dozens, a god for everything, instead of One God for all things, so this is where Satan began his campaign. He just began to send out certain men that very gradually sowed seed of false teaching among believers, a little here, a little there, and a little somewhere else. Then as people began to open up their minds to some of these different ideas, the revelational attribute of the Holy Ghost began to be weakened in the church. Therefore, the Holy Ghost did not just leave them all at once. Actually it took place over a period of about 500 years, going into the Dark Ages. That is just about the same length of time that God has used in restoring the Holy Ghost attributes back into the church. But even though the Holy Ghost with all of His potential is being restored back into the church, there is still one great difference. After those tares were allowed to get in, they will remain in the assembly of the believers right up to the very end. We know that from the parable of Matthew 13. Also, I want to say this, the Holy Ghost never did completely leave the church, for He was always present to preserve life, to keep the church in existence. He just withheld His attributes, and allowed the people as a whole to have what they were looking for. But for the most part, what was called, the church, was not the church at all. It was mostly tares. A tare is not necessarily a bad person; they are just imitators of genuine Christians. They have another spirit, but some of them, as far as outward appearances, live just as clean as any Christian. Nevertheless, this is what took control of Christianity, or we will say, of the universal church, and led her into the Dark Ages. But praise God, we are living in the age of restoration, and have been privileged to witness many of the last phases of God’s restoration back to the church, what that 2nd generation of Christianity began to let slip away from them. She will eventually be restored completely to her spiritual heritage, and the Holy Ghost will again manifest all the fulness of His many attributes. We already have all of the major doctrines restored, and we are standing right on the threshold of seeing His power restored also. The Pentecostal systems, including the Assemblies of God, Pilgrim Holiness, Pentecostal Church of God, UPC and whatever else there is out there, are the last bunch of harlots God has to deal with. He left those other systems years ago, after they carried the torch of restoration light for their period, and then went to seed on the revelation God gave their founder.


Brothers and Sisters: We are a privileged people, to be allowed to witness what we have in these past decades. We have seen the rise and fall of many men that at one time had a genuine anointing of the Spirit of God upon their ministry. We have seen the great crusaders of men like Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, T. L. Osborne, and many others. We have heard the pros and cons of many doctrines of the scriptures, and many of us were privileged to witness God’s vindication of a certain little man called of God to set those doctrines back in their proper order in the church. Yet even among those who supposedly have been restored to the apostolic faith of our spiritual forefathers, we still find a lot of people following the signs, and searching for the evidence of the presence of the Holy Ghost. Many of those that seemed to uphold the truth that we stand for, and that spoke in tongues, and prophesied, have now turned aside to follow something else, so I ask you plainly, Are you still searching for some kind of evidence, or will you just simply believe the word of God, cast your care upon Him, and allow Him to manifest the Holy Ghost in your life according to His own sovereign will? This is a subject that could be stretched out for many, many services, for the scriptures that could be used are almost unlimited, but how much scriptural proof do believers require? Then how could any amount of scriptural proof help a person that has no confidence in the word of God? I believe we have sufficiently shown, by the scriptures, that the only evidence of the presence of the Holy Ghost that can be trusted is the kind of life that is projected by those that He truly resides within. If He is in you, He will set a standard for you to measure up to, and it will put your life right in line with the word of God. It may take a long time for Him to get us free from all our former teaching we received out there in spiritual Babylon, but with Him, time is not the important factor. He is after a pure product that can be presented to the Lord Jesus Christ spotless, and without wrinkle or blemish of any kind. He knows what He is doing, so trust Him. May God bless you all. Amen!

When God Is Sanctified – 1982, January

1982-01-When-God-Is-Sanctified

I HAVE PREACHED ON THIS BEFORE, AND WE HAVE VARIOUS ASPECTS OF IT IN PRINT, BUT IF THE LORD WILL ENABLE ME TO SAY TO YOU, WHAT I SEE HERE, I BELIEVE IT WILL PUT A PICTURE TOGETHER THAT WILL HELP YOU SEE WHAT IS SHORTLY TO COME TO PASS, ESPECIALLY IN THE MIDDLE EAST. I WANT TO USE THE LAST FIVE VERSES OF THE 39TH CHAPTER OF EZEKIEL FOR A TEXT, AND TITLE THE MESSAGE “WHEN GOD IS SANCTIFIED.” NOT THAT GOD HAS ANY NEED TO BE SANCTIFIED IN THE SENSE THAT WE THINK OF SANCTIFICATION, BUT HE IS THE ONE THAT WILL BE SET APART, IN THE SIGHT OF MANY NATIONS, WHEN HE INTERCEDES FOR ISRAEL IN THIS GREAT CONFLICT. WE WILL BE USING MANY SCRIPTURES TO SUBSTANTIATE WHAT WE SAY, FOR YOU MUST BE ABLE TO SEE, RIGHT FROM THE PAGES OF GOD’S HOLY WORD, THAT ALL OF THIS WAS PROPHESIED MORE THAN 2500 YEARS AGO. FURTHERMORE, YOU MUST BE ABLE TO SEE THAT THE EVENTS OF EZEKIEL 38 AND 39, HAVE NOTHING WHATSOEVER TO DO WITH THE BATTLE OF ARMAGEDDON, WHICH WILL BE FOUGHT IN THE CLOSING DAYS OF THE GREAT TRIBULATION OF THE 70 WEEK OF DANIEL. THIS WAR WILL BE FOUGHT PRIOR TO THE TH BEGINNING OF THAT WEEK OF TIME. AS A MATTER OF FACT, I BELIEVE THIS WAR WILL BE WHAT SHAKES WORLD LEADERS TO THE POINT WHERE THEY ARE READY AND WILLING TO SIGN A PEACE COVENANT THAT THE ANTICHRIST WILL BE THE OVERSEER OF. IT TOOK A WAR TO BRING THE “LEAGUES OF NATIONS,” INTO BEING, AND IT TOOK A WAR TO GET THE “UNITED NATIONS,” ESTABLISHED, THEREFORE IT IS PERFECTLY IN LINE WITH SCRIPTURAL PROPHECIES TO BELIEVE IT WILL TAKE A WAR TO GET THE ANTICHRIST’S PEACE COVENANT SIGNED. NOT JUST ANY WAR, BUT THIS VERY PARTICULAR ONE. DO NOT EVER THINK GOD DID NOT HAVE A SPECIAL REASON FOR ANNOUNCING THIS PARTICULAR WAR; HE DID. I BELIEVE WE CAN SHOW WHAT IT IS TO ACCOMPLISH IN THE PURPOSE OF GOD, AS HE PREPARES THE WORLD FOR JUDGMENT, AND WHY HE WANTED HIS CHURCH TO BE ABLE TO SEE IT COMING, AND KNOW WHAT THE OUTCOME WILL BE. IT IS BECAUSE OF THIS, THAT WE ARE ABLE TO RECOGNIZE WHAT ALL THE DISTURBANCE OVER IN THE MIDDLE EAST, IS LEADING UP TO. IN OTHER WORDS, THE STAGE IS BEING SET ALREADY, FOR THE FULFILLMENT OF EZEKIEL 38 & 39, THEREFORE YOU NEED NOT LOOK FOR ANY PEACEFUL SOLUTION TO ALL THOSE PROBLEMS YOU HEAR OF, IN THE NEWS. THESE ARE JUST FORERUNNING THE BIG PROBLEM THAT IS ON THE WAY. EVENTS TO COME

 

Let us begin now, by reading our text scriptures, starting with verse 25, in chapter 39. “Therefore thus saith the Lord God; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, (This has to be a time when all twelve tribes are sufficiently represented back in the land of Israel, and therefore, never could have been so until now.) And will be jealous for my holy name; After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land. And none made them afraid. When I have brought them again from my people, and gathered them out of their enemies’ lands. (Naturally this speaks of a time when all twelve tribes have been gathered back into the land, out of dispersion.) And am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; then shall they know that I am the Lord their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: (The word heathen, applies to Gentile nations where the Jews have been 2 in dispersion for 2700 years. That is about how long the ten Northern tribes have been out of the land.) But I have gathered them into their own land, and have left none of them any more there. Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord God.” Now that 29 verse reaches all the way over to Revelation, chapters 7 and 11, where the two th witnesses reveal Jesus Christ to the house of Israel, and the 144,000 servants of God are filled with the Holy Ghost along with another great house of Israel, and the 144,000 servants of God are filled with the Holy Ghost along with another great host of believing Jews. God intervenes for them in this war in such a way that they cannot help but recognize that it was He, and while He has their attention, He sends His two witnesses among them, and through their prophecy, verse 29 is being fulfilled, and the last week of Daniel is being checked off, on God’s great calendar of time. The world is locked in a great peace covenant that will be broken by the old Antichrist after it has been in affect for 3 ½ years, and we all know that the next 3 ½ years after that, will be hell on earth, for every demon out of the pit, will be turned loose upon earth in those days. Some people think things are bad now, but I want you to know, that those who are still here during the last half of that week will look back and long for a return of the days such as we are seeing now, but it will do them no good, for their time will be running out. God’s mercy is still available for all who will receive it, but in that day, it will be only His wrath that mankind will partake of. When the Antichrist has fulfilled his days, God will pour out His wrath upon this old earth like never before. But what is so beautiful is that He has told us ahead of time what is coming, and has offered a way of escape to all who would accept it. That is why, not one soul that has ever lived can rightly accuse Him of being unjust. After all: when you are given a choice, with the consequences of each choice clearly stated, if you make the wrong choice, who is to blame?

 

GOD SPEAKS TO LAND

 

Ezekiel was a contemporary prophet, prophesying to the whole house of Israel. He, like Daniel, was among the captives carried to Babylon; therefore they, like the apostle John, prophesied while out of their homeland. Ezekiel’s prophecy followed Daniel’s by a few years, but you will not find one thing in it that contradicts anything Daniel spoke concerning the seventy weeks of years during which God would deal with Israel because of their transgressions. As we study these various scriptures, you will see for yourselves that everything they each spoke, harmonize perfectly. Furthermore we will run them right into the book of Revelation where the apostle John recorded the climax of all that Daniel and Ezekiel spoke of. But for the present, let us devote our attention to this prophecy of Ezekiel. God had given him an insight as to why the two southern tribes had been carried away to Babylon in captivity. He knew the ten northern tribes had already been out of the land for more than one hundred years. You can read in the 15 and 17 chapters of 2 Kings, and see how the Assyrian empire, through two invasions, had already th th nd captured, and carried to Babylon the ten Northern tribes, so that they had already been on their dispersion journey for more than 100 years before the two Southern tribes were taken. You can just imagine how conditions of being constantly sold and traded as slaves had pushed those ten tribes further and further from their homeland. That is why you read in Hosea, that the ten Northern tribes would never be restored to their homeland in tribal identity, until the latter times. Brothers and sisters: We are living in those latter times, and that is why this particular war is to serve one specific purpose. Ezekiel’s identity is with the two Southern tribes, and you will recall that it was these Jews that were brought back into the land to prepare for the first advent of Christ, (the two Southern tribes) in the first thirty some chapters, you will find Ezekiel dealing with present day conditions of his day, the purpose for which the two Southern tribes have been given over to their enemies and so forth, and the chastisement for their transgressions. Then, when you get over to chapter 34, you find a drastic change. He begins to lay out a beautiful picture of restoration, mercy, and forgiveness. In chapter 36, the prophecy is to the land itself. It speaks of how, in the last days it would be restored to its rightful owners, and how it would be tilled and sown, and how men would be multiplied upon it. Saints, I want you to just think about that for a moment. Those ten 3 Northern tribes have been out of the land for almost 2700 years, and the two Southern tribes for almost 2,000 years, yet God says that it will be restored to its rightful owners. Let us just take a moment to read a few verses from chapter 36. Notice verse 9, (speaking to the land) “For behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you, and ye shall be tilled and sown: and I will multiply men upon you, ALL THE HOUSE OF ISRAEL, EVEN ALL OF IT: (that means all twelve tribes) and the cities shall be inhabited and the wastes shall be builded: And I will multiply upon you men and beast; and they shall increase and bring fruit: and I will settle you AFTER YOUR OLD ESTATES, and will do better unto you than at your beginnings: and ye shall know that I am the Lord.” Let them talk about giving it back to the Arabs, all they want to; God says the twelve tribes are to inhabit it according to their old estates. How much plainer could it be written? You might like to read the whole chapter later, but for our purpose in the message: let us go to verse 22 and read a few more verses. This is to the people of the house, or nation of Israel. “Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for mine holy name’s sake which ye have profaned among the heathen, whether ye went. (While in dispersion among the Gentiles; they have profaned the name of the God they are supposed to worship, but God has His way of receiving recognition and honor, and we are going to see some of the ways He does it, before we finish this message.) And I will sanctify my great name, which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen (Gentiles) shall know that I am the Lord, saith the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes.” You will notice that the word SANCTIFY, appears in this chapter, in connection with what God is going to do for Israel, but I want you to know that His great name has not yet been sanctified in the house of Israel to this date. There are a few orthodox Jews that have a strict religious code, but even then, they have so traditionalized the writings of Moses in their interpretations, that it does not bear a true message to them. If those orthodox Jews had a true interpretation of Ezekiel’s prophecy: they would have an altogether different view, and vision of the present day conditions all around them. This in no way annuls the fact that they believe they are back in the land to receive their Messiah; they believe that. It is just that they are so blinded because of their traditions, (which is a result of their misinterpretation of the scriptures) that God will do something to get their full attention, and we know what that something will be; it will be the war of Ezekiel 38 and 39, which is much closer than a lot of people want it to be. I am not looking forward to the war itself, but I know it must come before we can see that blessed event we are longing for, therefore let us delight in the precise way God fulfills every prophecy of this old book, and just be sure we are ready for whatever is next.

 

LOVE AND PEACE, THEN WRATH

 

When you read chapter 36, and know that God is going to give back to them all the land that He promised to their forefather Abraham for an everlasting possession, and then you read this Saudi Arabia peace proposal for the Middle East, you can rest assured that they could not care less what the Bible has to say about it all. One thing they proposed was that Israel give back all the occupied West Bank land they acquired in the 1967 war. This would be given to the Palestinians for a state, making Jerusalem the capital. This would rip Bible prophecy all to pieces. If such a thing as that would take place, we would have to say that Ezekiel 36, is a long way off yet. Brothers and sisters, I want you to understand that Ezekiel 36 is hanging right over the Gentile nations today. They just simply do not realize it. What is looked upon as the church in this modern society, is all hung up on love. They could never bring themselves to believe that God would use a war to accomplish His purpose. Oh, no, He is a God of love. They read the New Testament and cannot see anything but a God that loves everyone. They will tell you, Jesus was a man of peace; He did not believe in wars. They only read part of the book. The same Jesus that rode into Jerusalem on the back of a donkey as a man of love and peace, will one day come again, in wrath, taking vengeance on all ungodly mankind. As King of kings, and Lord of lords, He will execute wrath upon His enemies, smiting them with the sword of His mouth. Just read Revelation 19:15, and see 4 if you can discover the fact that this same Jesus which was so meek and loving in His first advent, is going to return in wrath, to smite the nations and rule them with a rod of iron. He came the first time to exemplify the nature that God desired to lift us unregenerate people up into. But God knew the world in general would reject this great gift of life; therefore He also recorded, for all to see, what would be the consequences of rejecting life. Those who do so will see the wrath side of this humble man that never lifted a finger to defend Himself when He was on earth as the Savior of lost mankind, for He will be executing the wrath of the great eternal Spirit.

 

TRUE ISRAEL CLEANSED

 

Notice verse 24, now, what god is saying to the people of Israel. “For I will take you from among the heathen, and gather you out of all countries, and will bring you into YOUR OWN LAND.” Does that mean that God will just give them back part of their heritage, and allow the Arabs to have all the rest? Every one of you know better than that. It is a pity that world leaders do not know it. For over 30 years now, God has been doing just exactly what He said He would do, and He is doing it precisely to fit the scriptures. During that same period of time, He has been doing something for us Gentiles also. He has been awakening us from our spiritual sleep, and returning us to the apostolic word of God. Verse 25, “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you. A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and you shall keep my judgments, and do them.” That sounds like Revelation 7:1-8, 11:1-6, being applied. Would you not say so? This is exactly what will be taking place when those two prophets come on the scene there in Israel. This chapter makes it very clear, as to who will finally possess those disputable areas of land we hear so much in the news about, all the time. Therefore it matters not what Mt. Reagan, nor anyone else does or says; that land belongs to Israel, and we are living very close to the time when she is going to possess all of it. How will she get control of the rest of it? Some will say. This is in the hands of God of course, but I would invite you to recall to your memory how she gained control of the land she took in only six days, in the 1967 war. That was such a miracle, that even military men said, “This was an act of God.” You never hear any of them open their mouth about it any more; for they are too bound by world opinion to defend Israel’s rights. That is why you need not expect that issue to be settled by negotiations among politicians. When they get the rest of their land, it will be in such a way, that God will be sanctified before the eyes of many nations. However, you need not expect any mass conversions among Gentile nations because of it, for it will only serve to awaken an element of mortal people, and get them in a state of God-consciousness, to prepare them for the Millennium, and especially to make Himself known to Israel. One can only speculate as to how a bunch of educated, scientific-minded, atheistic Gentiles would record these events in history. I am sure a lot of them will have to hang their heads in embarrassment, but it will not mean that they are turning to God for salvation.

 

JOSEPH AND JUDAH REJOINED

 

Going into chapter 37, you find that Ezekiel’s prophecy turns from the land, to the people who will inhabit that land. In July 1977, we printed an article titled, “Forgotten Valley” in which we dealt with this 37th chapter in its full scope. You will find in verse 11, that this valley of dry bones represents the whole house of Israel that has been scattered among the nations for hundreds of years, but are revived and restored as a people. In their long period of dispersion, they had nationally died and went into a state of forgottenness. This is why God likened them to a valley of dry bones. But then we see that these bones are brought to life, with their flesh and sinews restored to them, and God is prophesying to them, what He will do to them, with them, and for them. Notice verse 19, what Ezekiel is to say unto them. “Say unto 5 them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph, (that pertains to the ten Northern tribes, where the tribe of Ephraim was the predominate tribe,) which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the tribes of Israel his fellows, (that would be the other nine tribes of the northern kingdom,) and will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, (Judah was the predominate tribe of the two Southern tribes) and will make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand.” I am sure most of you realize that this stick symbolizes the sceptre of the king, and that it does not mean, just any old stick someone might pick up. This sceptre symbolizes the authority the king holds over his subjects, but way back in B.C. time (I believe it was around 931 B.C.) That sceptre was broken. At Solomon’s death the kingdom became divided. Solomon’s son Rehoboam ruled in his place, but because of Solomon’s sin, God had already prophesied to Jeroboam which was the son of a servant, that ten tribes would be taken from Solomon and given to him to rule over. Thus the kingdom became divided and was never to be reunited again until the time of the end. Judah, under Rehoboam, kept Jerusalem as the city of worship, and the ten northern tribes under Jeroboam, established Samaria as a capital. They set up their own worship, and no longer went up to Jerusalem to worship as the former custom had been. About 350 years later, Ezekiel is found prophesying that the broken sceptre would be made one again, but little did he know then, that his prophecy would not be fulfilled for more than 2500 years later. Hallelujah! What a God we serve! He never forgets a promise, like we are so prone to do. Joining the stick of Joseph with the stick of Judah is God’s way of saying that the kingdom of Israel shall be no longer divided, so let us notice verse 21, and see what God was to do first, to accomplish this thing. “Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own land: and I will make them (WHAT?) One nation (WHERE?) In the land upon the mountains of Israel; and ONE KING shall be king to them all: and they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all. Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their idols, nor with their detestable things, nor with any of their transgressions: but I will save them out of all their dwelling places, wherein they have sinned, and will cleanse them: so shall they be my people, and I will be their God.” Naturally this will not be a completed picture until Jesus Christ sits upon the throne of David, ruling them, for He is that one King that shall join them back together, and make them one nation again, and that is a Millennial setting. This is what Hosea prophesied; (We read it from the first chapter, just the other night, how the children of Israel would be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head) it was all symbolized through the names of his family. God works in strange and mysterious ways to fulfill every word that He has ever spoken. There may be times when we do not completely understand what He is doing, nor why He is doing it, but there is never a time that we cannot put our complete trust in Him. Everything He does, works for good to the true people that are called by His great name, whether they be Jews or Gentiles.

 

PROPHESY TO GOG

 

Brothers and sisters: We have just pulled a few verses from chapters 36 & 37, to lay a little platform for the main thrust of our message. In these two chapters, we see Israel being resurrected from their long forgotten state of dispersion among the nations, and we see their land being restored to them, but we do not see God being sanctified in them, in those two chapters. That is yet ahead, and that is what we want to deal with as we go into chapter 38. Let us begin right in verse 1, with our reading. “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.” Saints, I want to be sure you get the picture, here. Almost 600 years before the first advent of Christ, God reached into the future almost 2600 years, to name a people that had never even been thought of, and tell what He would use them for in His final dealings with the nation of Israel, just before going into that last week of Daniel. Up until, we would say, the past 150 years, Russia had very little mention in history. She made very few headlines in the 6 newspapers of the world. Their largest headlines concerned the Bolshevik revolution, around the year 1917, out of which emerged the USSR, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. The communistic spirit took over. Now Russia is very much in the headlines, almost daily. The stage is being set to fulfill these scriptures we are reading, God is putting it in the hearts of the world leaders to bring about conditions that will fulfill His purpose, (confirmation that God will do such a thing is found in Revelation 17:17.) We are living in the very hour that these two chapters are coming into their place for fulfillment. Israel does not yet have her temple grounds, and this in itself is proof that there must yet be another shaking event take place, through which this shall be accomplished. No. It will not be Armageddon. I am aware of the fact that many of you have Scofield Bibles, and that he includes these two chapters in with those that actually do pertain to the battle of Armageddon, but you can be absolutely sure of this one thing; Ezekiel 38 & 39 deals with a war that has no connection whatsoever to the battle of Armageddon. This sort of confusion runs rampant throughout the ranks of denominational religion; therefore none of them are in a position to know what time it is, dispensationally, and that is why so many of them are trying to crowd the events of 7 years of time, into a 3 ½ year period of time. (CONFUSION V-S REVELATION) Saints, do you realize what a blessed privilege it is, to be able to read God’s great time clock for the age we are living in? Israel had Daniel’s seventy weeks, that should have let them know when to expect their Messiah, but their traditions had them so busy, and so blinded, that they could not discern the time they were living in; therefore they rejected and crucified the very one they were supposedly waiting for. In other words, He did not come according to their traditional, Gentile expectations, so they rejected it. Now I ask you, Where does that leave denominational Christendom? It is sad to say, but great multitudes of them are headed for the lake of fire. Even the foolish virgins are locked outside the revelation, and must give their lives in martyrdom, because they bypassed their opportunity when it was presented to them. You can hear them on radio and television, talking about how Jesus could come for the rapture at just any moment, yet we know good and well that the rapture of the church cannot precede Ezekiel 38 & 39, nor the message of the 7 thunders of Revelation 10:3, etc., etc. Those who teach it so, will invariably run into a time problem, trying to make time for all the rest of the scriptural prophecies to be fulfilled. Do not despair though, for God has everything running right on schedule.

 

HOOKS IN THEIR JAWS

 

Let us take a few minutes to identify the characters if verse 2, before we read further. Gog is the ruler, or prince of the land referred to as Magog. Now the area of land that this name applies to mainly, is the area associated with the names of two sons of Japheth which was a son of Noah. When you go back to Genesis chapter 10, and read the genealogy of the sons of Noah, you will find that Meshech, and Tubal were two of the sons of Japheth. There are other names mentioned, further on down in the chapter, but they are not the names of the leaders, they are not the originators of this war. God’s message is to the chief prince of the land identified with Meshech and Tubal, which is identified with Russia. I was showing someone an old encyclopedia the other night, in which it showed that the people of Meshech later became known as Muscovites, and today they are the people of Moscow. The city was named after the people that were then known as Muscovites. Let me use a comparison here. The capital of the country called Jordan, is a city called Amman. Do you know where the name Amman originated? After the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah, when only Lot and his two daughters escaped alive, the daughters got Lot drunk, and through acts of incest with him, they both gave birth to sons. One gave birth to Moab who became the progenitor of the Moabites. The other daughter called her son by the name of Benammi, and he was the progenitor of all the children of Ammon. Therefore the capital city of Jordan today, derives its name from the ancient Ammonite people, just like Moscow comes from the ancient Moscovites, which were descendants of Japheth. I have not yet been able to trace TUBAL, to any certain area of land, to my satisfaction, but one old dictionary did refer me to the Tiberians were, we would have to associate them in the area of the Baltic countries, bordering, or in the southern section of Russia. (I am still 7 searching this out.) Certainly we must keep these two, Meshech and Tubal associated together, for, notice verse 3; after Ezekiel is instructed to prophesy against Gog. God then continues thus, “And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armor, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords: (You will notice how he leaves the land, and brings out the identity of the people involved.) Persia, (basically Iran) Ethiopia, and Libya with them; all of them with shield and helmet: Gomer, and all his bands; and the house of Togarmah of the north quarters, and all his bands; and many people with thee.” Brothers and sisters, we know that Russia is not going to open the scriptures and believe anything that they could read therein, but if they did, they would see for sure that they are licked before they even start. Their destiny in such an endeavor was announced more than 2600 years ago, therefore there is no reason whatsoever for a true believer to be confused, nor worried about Ezekiel 38 & 39. God has a purpose in all of this, and He has allowed His Gentile church the privilege, of knowing in advance how it will all turn out. Great multitudes of people will realize for the first time in their lives, that there truly is a God controlling all of which they have so carelessly associated with pure chance, under the shadow of what they call evolution. We readily give evolution its place, but only with what God (the great eternal, sovereign Spirit) created. We can see how the one pair of everything that Noah saved in the ark has evolved into many species upon the face of the earth, but we do not have to be in doubt as to how the first pair got here. Praise God! A believer can learn in just a matter of minutes, something that great scientific minds have spent their whole lives searching for. All we have to so is open our Bible to Genesis 1:1, and start reading. Hallelujah! The things of God are so pure and simple, great intellectual minds can never humble themselves enough to believe what is so clear to a child of God.

 

 MILLENNIAL SUBJECTS PREPARED

 

Now saints, listen to me. The days of preaching to Gentiles is just about over. You can preach to young people these days, and they will just sit and stare off into space; it just simply does not penetrate. The simplicity of the gospel cannot get past all the other junk that they have crammed into their minds in this modern society of atheism. Of course we all realize that the stream of faith would one day, have to run out, in order for God to bring this thing to a close. In other words, there has to be that last Gentile soul somewhere, sometime, in order to fulfill the words of Paul, concerning the fulness of the Gentiles. (Rom. 11:25) But please do not think, just because I said that, that God will not still be the master of the whole thing; because in it all, He is going to prepare a remnant of natural people from every nation, to move right over into the Millennium. The preaching of the gospel of Jesus Christ was, and still is for the purpose of preparing Him a bride, but there is coming a day when that bride will be ruling with Him, over an element of natural people, a people that has been prepared for their hour some way other than by the preaching of the gospel, as we have known it. Yes, God will be sanctified in the eyes of many people through the events of this Ezekiel 38 & 39, war. When God gets finished wit this great army of Russia and her allies, the Russian brand of communism will no longer be a threat to anyone. That will leave the way clear, for this Western Europe version of communism that the old Antichrist will use in his hour. Saints, it is a wonderful thing, the way God showed all this, through Ezekiel, Daniel, and John, hid it from the scholars, and revealed it to His church right at the end time.

 

WEAPONS AND PEOPLE

 

Now I have read articles where some men have told about how Russia is becoming the greatest breeder of horses, and they point out that it is for the purpose of fulfilling Ezekiel’s prophecy, “I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen,” and I have no doubt that from Russia’s standpoint, she sees a certain strategic advantage in having good horses, but I am wondering what Ezekiel would have wrote, 8 if he had seen an army tank, or helicopter, weapons carrier, and all the other mechanized infantry vehicles of our day? These words were not in his vocabulary, so what would he have written? We cannot give a literal interpretation to words such as these. We know they will be coming with much horsepower, for that is how all your motors and such like, are rated, but do not give a literal interpretation to horses and horsemen, here, nor to swords, shields and bucklers. What chance would a man with a sword in his hand, have against another army equipped with M-14 rifles, or whatever they are using now? This should help us to be more realistic about these things. Russia and her allies will come against Israel, but you can be very sure, they will not limit themselves to armor and weapons of twenty five hundred years ago. What did they use when they went into Afghanistan to take control? That should tell us something. The same kind of logic belongs to the reference about Persia, there in verse 5. What at one time was Persia, is now Iran, and they are not yet in the Soviet lineup, but everything is taking shape for it to be so. It all started when they overturned the government of the Shah. Under his leadership, they were a proWestern nation, and in sympathy with the Israelis, and also sold oil to Israel and the United States. He equipped his army with U.S. military equipment, and looked this way for friendship. It was such a tragedy and such a pitiful situation when those radicals who overthrew his government, took all those hostages and held them for so long, yet we know that scripturally, something had to happen to get that nation turned around, and in the lineup with the land of Magog, the MOSCOVITES, before time for this Ezekiel war to be fought. Concerning the Shah; they have screamed, around the world, about all the people he tortured, and how many he had executed, but you do not hear them say one word about all those that have been slaughtered by that miserable character Khomeni, since he took command. Furthermore he does not know the first thing about running the country. If there ever was a religious fanatic, he is one. Many of his own politicians have fled from under his control, and have made statements to the effect that he has set the country back 1400 years, at a very crucial hour of time. All we can say now, is that God is permitting it, because the country has to reach such a weakened condition that Russia will no doubt, be compelled by world conditions at a certain hour, just to step in there and do what she did in Afghanistan. Those who kept up with the news 8 or 9 years ago, will remember that conditions in Afghanistan back then, were just like they have been, in Iran, ever since they overthrew the Shah. Without positive leadership, the became so weak, and so divided in purpose, that Russia finally just moved in, and took over. Therefore it is my judgment that Russia will never stand by, and let Western nations step in there, when Iran gets to the place where she just simply cannot stabilize her government in any way. They will be ready to make their move. That will put Iran right where Ezekiel 38:5 says, Persia (Iran) will be. Just remember this, Any mortal human could make a mistake in judgment, but God Himself told Ezekiel what to say here, and He makes no mistakes.

 

RUSSIAN ALLIES

 

Let us consider the other two nations mentioned there with Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya. Brothers and sisters, there was a time when the United States had strategic air command bases in Libya. But I remember that when Israel fought that 6 day war back in 1967, and the U.S. did not do anything to hinder her, Libya broke all diplomatic relations with us, because she was ready to get involved in the whole thing. This rearranged the whole picture, and put Libya in a complete pro-Russian lineup. She has been a menace in the Middle East ever since. This Qadhafi is feared by everyone, because he is a fanatic, a radical, ready for war, and yet does not have enough men to fight a war. He has plenty of those petroleum dollars, to buy Russian equipment with, and he stays in the news headlines a great percentage of the time, all of which seems to make him a very important man. But the thing that gets my attention the most, is the fact that God, through Ezekiel, prophesied, 2600 years ago, that this little nation would be in the lineup with the Moscovites, in these last days, coming against Israel. As for Ethiopia, there was a time when they had a king, “HALLI SALASSE,” who claimed to be able to trace his genealogy all the way back to the queen of Sheba. I do not know anything about that, but I do know what happened to him 9 and those who were loyal to him in his government. The communists came in there, undermined his government, formed a coup and took over the government. Then they exterminated Salasse, many of his family members, and all those who were loyal to him. The world never did know just how much suffering there was in Ethiopia, to turn them from a pro-Western nation in sympathy with the United States and the Western world to the largest Russian equipped army in the Middle East. Nevertheless that put them right in their place, in the scriptural lineup against Israel. You might find it interesting just to look at a world atlas and see where Israel is positioned in the midst of this lineup of her enemies. The last part of verse 5 says, “All of them with shield and helmet.” That means that they are prepared for war. They are all equipped with Russian made military equipment. Also, as we go on into verse 6, we see Gomer and Togarmah, added to this lineup. When you take the time to search it out, you find that Gomer is actually the land of Turkey, and the house of Togarmah is Armenia. Therefore we need not wonder where Armenia stands in all of this, for ever since WW I, Russia has practically dominated them, but beyond all else, we have Ezekiel’s prophecy to show us exactly where they stand. Now we have some other names to consider as we go on, but let us read verse 7. “Be thou prepared, and prepare for thyself, thou, and all thy company that are assembled unto thee, and be thou a guard unto them.” Naturally this is speaking to the main leader, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, “Be thou prepared, and prepare for thyself.” For over 30 years Russia has been preparing for something. From her standpoint, she is preparing herself, with the thought of one day taking over the whole world. Little by little she is reaching out, and naturally God is allowing her to be successful with it, while she is getting her forces together to fulfill this prophecy, but that is as far as she will ever get, with her plans for a world takeover, when she comes into the land of Israel to take a spoil and God Himself intervenes on behalf of Israel. When the allied commander of the WW2 period of time, gave East Germany to Russia, it greatly troubled a lot of people who tried to reconcile it with prophecies for the end time. Now from the standpoint of natural reasoning, that never should have been done, but from the standpoint of prophecy, right where the iron curtain divides the East from the West, is as far as the old Roman empire boundaries ever reached, so from that standpoint everything is all right. Nevertheless from that day until now, Russia has been constantly preparing herself for a day that is just ahead. It is her aim to rid the world of every form of religious belief in God, for she is atheist to the core. Even though they do not believe in God, we are reading a prophecy that is for them, and it will be fulfilled whether they believe it or not. God says, You get ready. You are the leader; you are the troublemaker. In other words, she is to be the guardian of all the rest, and that is the exact role she has been in for many years now. They do the supplying, and they do the guarding. That is why the scripture reads like it does, “Prepare for thyself, and all the company that is assembled with thee.” A little country like Libya could never fight a war with Israel by herself; she would not last a day and a half, but when they join with Ethiopia, Russia, and all those others, they will be feeling pretty good about their endeavor. The valley of Hamongog is waiting to receive their dead bodies though, and God is waiting until then to be sanctified in the eyes of many people. Now many people have asked me about this valley of Hamongog, “Where is it?” The word itself simply means the multitude of Gog. Wherever it is, it will not be known as the valley of Hamongog, until after it becomes the burial grounds for the great multitude of Gog, when they are slain, there in Israel.

 

RUSSIA’S VISITATION

 

Notice verse 8, God still speaking to Russia. “After many days (2600 years) thou shalt be visited: (I believe God is visiting Russia; not in the way that we would like to think of it, but in a way that is causing her to rise up and fulfill scriptures,) in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, (This is why we included chapters 36 & 37, so you could see what God has prophesied to the land of Israel, and to the people that would be restored to that land) against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the 10 nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.” Naturally we believe we are living in the latter years that this verse refers to, and we see Russia, that she is in a position to fulfill all that is prophesied of her, but I wonder just how many of you are actually aware of the fact, that it was the United States that kept Russia from being overrun by Germany during WW2? I have read stories, how our old obsolete P-39 airplanes was what saved Russia, against a German attack. Our supplies are what saved her. For what purpose? So she could fulfill this scripture. America has been an instrument in the hands of God in many ways, but she has followed a pattern set by other nations, and departed from the kind of faith in God that our founding fathers enjoyed; therefore she will have to suffer the consequences along with all the rest, when God pours out His wrath upon the nations. But that is not what we are looking at, here in Ezekiel. We are looking at a situation where God is restoring all of the land back to the people of Israel, that was promised to their progenitor, Abraham, and his seed after him. Practically the whole world is against such a thing, and many of their reasons sound so right, if you do not know what the word of God says about it, but one thing is sure, no matter what any of them say, or do, Israel will get back every inch of their promised land. Russia, nor anyone else can ever drive them out of it again. It is because of world opinion being what it is, that God will be so greatly sanctified through what He does on behalf of Israel. Do not ever think this will be some little insignificant skirmish that will be treated lightly by the press. No. It will be just exactly the opposite. God is going to magnify this event to the extent that great men the world over will stand in awe, and will admit for the first time, that there truly has to be a living God in control of things after all. The world is going to know then, that there is a God that rules from the heavens, and that He puts up whom He will, and also, that He takes down whom He will. In the meanwhile, you who may read this, and scoff at it: that is your privilege. If you want to be an atheist; that is your privilege, and if you want to side with Russia, go ahead. But when the hour of her visitation comes, if that is what it takes to cause you to turn from your atheism, there is no hope for you then. Those whom God chooses to live in the Millennium, will certainly not be any of those who have previously fought against Him, while He was dealing with Gentiles through the gospel of Jesus Christ. We are living in a day when mankind is exerting every effort to eliminate the mention of God in connection with anything whatsoever. At the same time, they are crying about over-population, and saying that we cannot possibly raise enough food to feed everyone in the very near future. Monetary systems are going bankrupt, and almost everyone seems to have the feeling that something is about to happen that will drastically change the whole picture, but very few of them know what it is. Every true believe should know that God has everything under His control, and that every true child of God will be provided for, no matter what happens, but there are still an awful lot of believers, that do not yet know what is coming. That is why we are printing this article. I realize that we have dealt with almost everything we deal with here, in other articles we have printed, but in the light of present world conditions, and the fact that these two chapters are just before us, perhaps there are some who can be helped by having the picture put together as we desire to do in this message. God has been fulfilling chapter 36 & 37, for the past 30 years now, getting everything, and everyone in proper position for the fulfillment of 38 & 39, and I do not expect Him to wait forever, once the stage is set. You will see what I mean, when we read verse 9, a little later. But first let me mention a couple of things in the last half of verse 8. It speaks of gathering the people of Israel out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste. Up until a few short years ago, that was the state of the land of Israel, just waste land. Throughout the centuries of time that the rightful owners have been in dispersion, the land of Israel has lain desolate, just a wilderness type of seemingly waste land. Empire after empire has through the years, possessed it, but somehow or the other, God has always kept them from farming the land. God wanted the land to rest, until its rightful owners returned. Those of you who have been over there in the last few years, would surely have to testify that the land must have regained its strength, for you have never seen more beautiful fruit and vegetables grown anywhere else in the world. It is no longer a waste land.

 

ATTACK LIKE A STORM

 

Another thing that I notice here, that could cause some to wonder, is that it says they are brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them. Now in reality we all know that there has not yet been a time that it could be accurately said, they were dwelling safely in their land. They have been constantly harassed, and have had to fight ever so many times, just to hold what they have already, so what is meant by that statement? Simply this. They are safe, in the sense that they will never again be conquered and driven from their land. They have fought many battles since God began restoring them back to their land, but never to the point of defeat. Always to the point of victory, and it shall continue so. If we are in time where all the signs indicate we are, they could not even give that land away. They are back there, preparing for this very war, and many of them have no thought whatsoever about what the word of God has to say about their future. That is why verse 9 is so meaningful. Notice what it says, remembering that this is what God is saying to the Russians. “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land.” This very verse lets me know that the world will not have a six month warning, when Russia gets ready to make her move. A storm usually comes up very suddenly. Most of the general public have very little warning, if any at all, when a storm sweeps through. That is how this thing will come about. World conditions that must transpire to set this thing up, have moved at such a slow pace, in most respects, that peoples hearts are becoming hardened, and they are treating the whole process just as a normal nominal procedure. Yet one day it shall break forth suddenly, just like the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, in Dec. 1941. Their attack came just like a storm, and so will this Russian attack on Israel, for God Himself said it would. “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee.” All her bands, pertains to all her satellite nations that have lined up with her. “Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought; And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, (FOR WHAT PURPOSE?) To take a spoil, and take a prey.” Brothers and sisters, with all that is taking place in the world today, there is not one doubt about the fact that Russian leaders have it in their minds to protect all their interests in those Middle East countries. They have armed Syria, Libya and others, getting themselves into position where they feel that they can take control of the wealth of all the Middle East. Naturally they will realize that Israel must be conquered also, if they are to succeed in such a plan. Furthermore we do know that Israel is building up and inhabiting all the old ancient cities and villages that have lain waste and desolate for so long. Also, as they build them back, they are omitting the walls, for they know that those walls will not keep out tanks and rockets and such like. They are truly gathered there out of the nations of the world, and they certainly do have cattle, and large dairy herds. They also have beef cattle, and sheep, and great agricultural enterprises, and you would have to say, They are dwelling in the midst of the land.

 

WHO IS SHEBA AND DEDAN?

 

Verse 13, mentions some more names, but it is interesting to note that these are not in the lineup with Russia. Notice. “Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, (unto Gog, or Russia) Art thou come to take a spoil? Hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? To carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?” Saints, this is a very interesting verse, right here in the midst of this prophecy. Sheba and Dedan applies to the people of Saudi Arabia, and you will notice that they are not making any kind of threat against Russia; but rather, they are asking a question, “What have you come to do? Have you come to take our silver and gold, and our cattle, and so forth?” Brothers and sisters, the gold that Russia in interested in is that BLACK GOLD they are pumping up out of the earth. Saudi Arabia to this present time, is still very much against Israel holding that land, and she is very scared of Russia coming into the Middle East, knowing that their great oil output would no doubt make them a target sooner or later. Russia would rather control all the oil of those Middle East countries, than to own all the bank accounts of the whole world, for with that oil she could make the whole world bow before her. Therefore it will be their black gold that Russia is most interested in, but in order to get control of that, she will need to conquer the people and everything they have. What we are saying is, It will not be their gold and silver, and their cattle and such like that Russia has her eye on. In ancient times, when an invading enemy came in to take over a territory, the wealth of the nation was looked upon in terms of gold, silver, cattle and other such goods. That is how the invading forces supported themselves a lot of the time. But this will not be the case with Russia. She has her mind fixed upon world dominion, and she believes that controlling all that Middle East oil would put her in that position, so she is after their black gold. Most of the Western world is almost completely dependant upon Middle East oil for their present way of life, so why would not a nation like Russia, desiring world dominion as they do, have a greedy desire to control all of it? Now for the sake of giving you something more than just my word, let us go to the 25 chapter of th Genesis, where we will pinpoint the identity and land association of Sheba and Dedan. This picks up where Abraham (after the death of Sarah, and after Isaac’s marriage to Rebekah) took another woman to be his wife, and gives the names of the sons she gave him. “Then again Abraham took a wife, and her name was Keturah. And she bare him Zimran, and Jokshan, and Medan, and Midian, and Ishbak, and Shuah. And Jokshan begat SHEBA, and DEDAN. And the sons of DEDAN were Asshurim, and Letushim, and Leummin. And the sons of Midian; Eppah, and Epher, and Hanoch, and Abida, and Eldaah. All these were the children of Keturah. (Now notice where these went when they went out from Abraham.) Verse 5, And Abraham gave all that he had unto Isaac. But unto the sons of the concubines, which Abraham had, Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from Isaac his son, while he yet lived, eastward, unto the east country.” Now you remember, I am sure, how God made a covenant with Abraham, and his seed after him, giving him all the land that He had showed unto him, for an everlasting possession, and how God established the fact with him, that Isaac was to be his heir. His seed was to be called through Isaac, the promised son born to him by Sarah, in her old age, after God opened her womb to receive seed. Therefore Ishmael, born to him by Sarah’s maid, who was actually his firstborn son as we would look at it, was forbidden by God, to be Abraham’s heir, so Ishmael is out of the picture here, when Abraham gives gifts unto the sons of Keturah, and sends them eastward from where he dwelt. Saints, when you look at a map, eastward from where Abraham was, you will see Saudi Arabia. Then, if you can get an old Bible atlas such as I have here, you will see most of the names of these sons of Keturah, right there in Saudi Arabia. Your Scofield Bible maps will show you some of them, so it is reasonably simple to satisfy our minds about the identity of Sheba and Dedan, but we are still left with the merchants of Tarshish. Who are they, and how do they fit into the picture here? That is what we want to look into.

 

MERCHANTS OF TARSHISH

 

I have read from different historians who claimed that these merchants of Tarshish were from the British Isles, but I could never quite accept that to my satisfaction. The very fact that it refers to them as the merchants of Tarshish causes me to feel like, whoever they are, it is because of their international trade with Saudi Arabia, that they are included in this lineup. Two radio preachers that I read after, both claimed that Tarshish was England. But, Brothers and sisters, even though my mind might like to accept that, when I tried to look it up, I realized that in the 6 century B.C. when the prophecy was spoken, there th was no country identified by the name of England, not even Germany, France, nor Italy existed as a country then. For centuries, you only had Nomadic tribes of people, moving from here to there, constantly at war with one another, trying to gain certain territories, which later were established as nations. There 13 is a lot that could be said about certain areas and their inhabitants, but for the purpose of moving on in the message, let me just say this. All of Europe today comes from Japeth, not Shem, nor Ham. If you are of German origin, you are a descendant of Japheth, but that does not mean that you are Russian. If you are English, you are a descendant of Japheth, but that does not connect you with the land of Magog, nor in any way make you Russian. Because Japeth peopled both the North and the West. That of course is a result of later generations migrating westward. What you need to realize is that in this message we are dealing with where the genetic roots of this Japeth line was first planted, when they were scattered upon the earth after the tower of Babel account, in Genesis, chapter 11. Various descendants kept migrating, naturally. I was reading in one place where the descendants of Gomer which was predominantly Turkey, migrated westward, and came to the areas of Germany, France, and even to England. It said, that is why certain people in England and Wales refer to themselves as the ancient Gomerians, or something like that. But that in no way connects England with Turkey. Therefore let us keep each identity where it originally belonged for the sake of the accuracy of applying this prophecy. Coming back now, to the merchants of Tarshish, the Edward Robinson Bible Encyclopedia, as well as some old maps, showing the probable settlements of the descendants of Noah, show Tarshish to be along the southern most part of what is the country of Spain. Now with that thought in mind, let us take a look at what we have here. In our day, there is not much commerce between Spain and Israel, but according to what I have been reading, in ancient times, the Tarshish people traded with the Hebrews in the line of copper and brass. However this is not so, in our day. Southern Spain grows their own oranges, just like Israel. They both export oranges and such like. My real point is, They do not trade with each other. The merchants of Tarshish have no need to go to Israel. Time and conditions has brought about a change of commerce, and the merchants of Tarshish, (SPAIN) and all the young lions (that would no doubt apply to outlying, or neighboring areas around Spain,) are mainly dealing with Middle East oil, instead of copper and brass, and their dealings are not with Israel. The lifeline of Europe today, is not Joppa oranges, it is oil; out of the Middle East, but not out of Israel. Saudi Arabia pumps more oil to the Western world than any other Arab country. The war between Iran and Iraq, has almost brought their oil export potential to a standstill. Their refineries have just about come to a complete halt. That leaves Saudi Arabia right out there as the main supplier of oil to the West. They have had huge pipelines running across the desert land for years. Before so much of Beirut, Lebanon was torn up by the war, oil tankers took on oil from those pipelines, there at Beirut. But that is just an example of what can happen. If something, or someone should destroy those huge pipelines that transport that oil across the desert, you can just imagine what the consequences could be in the whole Western world. Therefore I believe what we are looking at here in verse 13, is Saudi Arabia and their oil merchants in Western Europe, with Spain being the primary one that is mentioned here, but including the others by the mention of all the young lions. Like we pointed out earlier, they do not put up a fight with Russia; they just ask a question, “Have you come to take a spoil?” Don’t ever think these nations of the west are not extremely concerned about what might happen if a terrible war broke out in the Middle East. They know that some fanatic could have those oil lines blown up, just any day now, and that would cut off the oil flow to the Mediterranean. If that happens, the oil would then have to come completely around the Saudi Arabia peninsula, and through the Suez Canal. Then if they managed to sink a ship in there, the next route would be all the way around Africa. That would certainly cause the merchants of Tarshish (merchants of the world) to ask Russia such a question, What have you come to do?

WHY HELP SAUDI ARABIA?

 

Why do you suppose it seemed so important for us to sell those radar planes to Saudi Arabia? To monitor all the activity in that area of the world. If you would ask Saudi Arabia, Why do you want them? You would hear, We want to be able to monitor what the Russians, or any other potential enemy would 14 do, in and around our borders, and especially in the area of the Persian Gulf. The thing that troubles Israel most about that, is the fact that those planes can serve more than one purpose. They can track more than one airplane at a time. Israel would never be able to put a plane in the air, without them being able to track it. Therefore from Israel’s standpoint, it is easy to understand why they would not want them to have such information. Some of the things they have needed to do in order to protect their interests, have been accomplished through secrecy and surprise. On the other hand, it is easy to understand why it seems to the advantage of this country, for Saudi Arabia to be able to know what is taking place around them. They are the next main strategic point of value in the Middle East. It is important that this country, as well as Western European countries, do whatever is necessary to keep them out of the hands of our common enemy, Russia. With Libya, a pro-Russian satellite, and anti-Israel, and Iran in the condition she is in, you can see where the oil potential for the rest of the world lies. Qadhafi according to news articles and reports, is the most fanatical person in the Middle East. Not that he himself has so much power, but because he is in a lineup with power, he is a potential threat to the leaders of the whole free world. As far as this war of Ezekiel 38 & 39 goes though, it cannot take place until all their satellite nations are in perfect alignment with Magog, Meshech, and Tubal, for Gog is to be a guard into all the others. One thing I am convinced of, is that this Ezekiel war sets up conditions for the last week of Daniel to go into effect. Because of its suddenness, and its scope, and the mass destruction, leaders of the nations of the world are going to be anxious to sit down, and hurriedly negotiate and sign a peace pact. They will not know that it is a seven year peace agreement to fulfill Daniel 9:27, but God will know it, and that is exactly when He will start marking off two consecutive periods of one thousand two hundred and sixty days each. One period for world peace and prosperity, (it will seem so to the world) and the other period for the great tribulation, which is the time of Jacob’s trouble. We will say more about that a little later, but for now, let us continue on by reading verse 14.

ISRAEL DWELLING SAFELY

 

The prophecy to Gog continues on, “Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, SHALT THOU NOT KNOW IT?” They surely will know it. It will be eating at them like a cancer. Like we said already, This does not mean that Israel does not yet have her problems with terrorists, for there is hardly a week goes by without some sort of incident, buses blown up, roads mined, and all such like. In spite of all their guards and precautions, it seems that the terrorists continue to find ways to get through into Israel, and then out again. But the real point of this verse is the fact that, since 1973, it seems that those other Arab nations, except for the terrorists, have given up the idea of driving the Jewish people out of the land. They are dwelling there, feeling secure, and safe, as far as being taken over by an enemy force. She, as well as her enemies, is aware that she has the advantage. None of those Arabs have what it would take to overthrow her. She knows it; they know it; and Russia knows it. That is why it says, “In the day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?” That is exactly why Russia will have to make her move against Israel. Because she stands in the way of what they plan to do. Therefore Russia is making her necessary moves now, to get her allies lined up, before she fulfills verse 15, which we will read next. “And thou shalt come from thy place out of the NORTH parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army. And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that he heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.” Brothers and sisters, I feel that it is very important, that we understand what this war is for. There is not another war written in the scriptures, like it; and there have been many wars. Go back and read of the wars that Israel has fought through the ages of time. None of them were like this one. Titus was allowed 15 to go in there with a great army, and lay everything waste, without God intervening, in 70 A.D. It will not be like that ever agin. This will be a miracle war of such magnitude, that God Himself will literally be sanctified in the eyes of people that do not, at this very moment, know whether there is a God or not. Those people, along with multitudes of others, will be heard saying, Only God could do a thing like that. Many who have never been sure whether to believe in creation, or evolution, will suddenly come to the realization, Now I know for sure that there is a living God; and therefore I believe he created the world, and all that is in it, just like the Bible says. From such as these, God will preserve an element of people from every nation, that will be privileged to live right on throughout the Millennium. God will also use this war to purge the minds of a lot of Jews that have been fed Gentile junk, all the years while they were still in dispersion. They will be ready to listen to God’s two prophets when they arrive upon the scene in Israel. Do not even allow yourself to entertain any thought about this begin the battle of Armageddon. You will see as we go into chapter 39, that the dead carcasses from this war are going to be buried. Israel will be hiring men for continual employment, just to bury the dead. For seven months they will be busy burying dead bodies, and for 7 years, they (Israel) will be burning weapons that have been left there. You will not find anything like that following the battle of Armageddon. The fowls of the air are invited to come down and feast upon the dead bodies from the terrible battle, just like this one, but with no burial provision. Also because of something that Malachi wrote, we know that the righteous will be walking upon the ashes of the wicked, which lets us know that many of them will be consumed by fire. The closing verses of Revelation 19, is where it pictures dead bodies strewn throughout the land, and the fowls invited to feast upon them. Also, Jeremiah said (25:33) “And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth; they shall not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; they shall be dung upon the ground.” Seeing that there is no particular area, nor effort to bury the dead, after the battle of Armageddon, this in itself should be enough to keep folks from getting the two battles confused, and trying to make just one out of them.

 

WHEN GOD GETS MAD

 

If the two prophets of Revelation 11:3 should show up in Israel tomorrow, they would hardly be noticed. But by the time this war with Russia is climaxed with intervention from God, scores of young people who never have a thought about God, will suddenly be ready to learn everything they can about this might God that has fought for them when the land was covered by enemy forces. At this time, I expect the Moscue of Omar to be destroyed, freeing Israel’s temple and altar spot so they can begin offering up sacrifices to Jehovah, as that week of Daniel starts. Satan has been busy for centuries of time, trying to stamp out the knowledge of God from among the human race, and in just a little short span of time, through the events of this Ezekiel war, God will bring to nothing all his efforts that he has expended upon this generation. Saints, if you can just grasp what God is doing in these days, a picture will unfold before your spiritual eyes, that will thrill your soul. I know some of you have wondered where God would find natural mortals worthy to live throughout the Millennium. We all know that if the bride of Christ is going to rule and reign with Him during this time, there has to be someone for them to rule over. Is that right? It says, they will be judging the nations, so that has to be natural people, not resurrected immortals. Gentiles have had the gospel of Christ for almost two thousand years, through which, an element from this dispensation has experienced the new birth, a spiritual process through which they are made into the likeness of Jesus Christ, and they will rule with Him, over the nations. (Rev. 2:26, 12:5, 19:15, 20:4, 21:24, 1 Cor. 6:2-3) Here are a few of the many references that let us know that. We also know that no st person who has rejected the gospel will be allowed to live through that period of time. Therefore there has to be some people somewhere upon the earth, that have not been faced with accepting or rejecting the gospel. They must be morally fit to be spared, and they have to be some from all nations according 16 to Matthew 25:31-32. Now I ask you, In the light of the rest of Matthew, chapter 25, where could such a people be found, unless something happens to change the present trend toward atheism and Antichrist dogmas? We have already stated it. There are countless numbers of people in the world that actually do not know whether to believe in creation or evolution, because they simply have not been convinced in either direction. They are not necessarily against either one; they just simply do not know. That is why God puts so much emphasis upon being sanctified in the eyes of the heathen. (The word heathen, applies to Gentile people.) He will be recognized, and acknowledged, and set apart in their minds for the first time. It will be too late for them to experience the new birth, for that dispensation will be closing out. But it will not be too late for Jesus and His bride to judge them, and usher those into the Millennium, who are found worthy. Many of them who have never heard anything good about the Israelis, will have great compassion for them, after they witness what God does for them in this Ezekiel war. They will be ready and willing to hide them from the Antichrist beast during the dark hours of the great tribulation when Israel is fleeing for her life. That is the basis upon which they are judged worthy to inherit the kingdom, there in Matthew 25. In other words, God will allow Antichrist forces to rule the world for a period of time, but He will never let Anti-God rulers attain world domain. Russia is anti-God, and God is using their Marxist brand of Communism as a tool to chasten many areas of the world that have been careless with the gospel, but He will never let the age close out with 90 percent of the world holding atheistic viewpoints and ideas. He has His way of changing that trend, and that is what we are looking at, in these two chapters of Ezekiel. Verse 15 tells us where Gog will come from (out of the north parts) and that it will be a mighty army that shall cover Israel like a cloud might cover the land. In verse 16, He goes on to say, (just paraphrasing) “The heathen (Gentiles) of the world will know me, when I get through dealing with you.” Not only the Gentiles, but also a great number of Israelis will come to know Him, or at least, that He is, that there truly is a God that fights for Israel. We do know who will be holding the reins in Russia when this hour arrives, but whoever it is, just try to imagine God saying to him, verse 17, “Thus saith the Lord God, Art thou he of whom I have spoke in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them? (Israel) 18 And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face.” Brother, when God gets mad it is going to be just too bad for someone. The world has never seen God mad, yet. But He is going to be mad one day soon, if I may use such a term. 19 “For in my jealousy (Jealousy over who? Israel of course.) And in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel.” That does not mean that God is doing this to get even with the Jews for something. No. Not that at all. Let us read verse 20, to complete what was actually said. All right now, a great shaking, “So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.” All of that lets us know that God’s presence is going to be very evident in that hour.

 

AN URGENT APPEAL

 

Brothers and sisters, I absolutely believe, with all my heart, that only such a war as this, could break the spell Satan has on the world today, and change their course. I know it will not change everyone. There has to be a political element of people that will not be changed from their present way of thinking, or you would never have the peace covenant of Daniel 9:27 signed. Such a great shaking will have two affects. It will awaken one element of people to the reality of a living God, and it will scare another element into a hurriedly negotiated peace agreement, hoping that such a move will prevent a thing like that from ever happening again. Their search for an impartial mediator will lead them to the pope of Rome, and he will turn out to be the Antichrist that Jesus, Paul and John spoke of. Rest assured, brothers and sisters, 17 everything that is taking place in the world today is serving a purpose of God as He prepares to wind this thing up. That Marxist spirit is sweeping through the continent of Africa; it is invading every little country in South America, and even our own country is filled with their agents who are trying to destroy our way of life, and set us up for a target. I have a letter at home from one of the youngest senators in our government. He is making an appeal to young Americans to write their senators and congressmen, and try to get them to do something about what is going on in our colleges and universities. I will endeavor to relate to you, the contents of his letter. He said, I am the youngest statesman in our government. I attended Harvard University, out of which has come some of the greatest political leaders, doctors, lawyers and scientists that our country has ever known. He went on to say; But in my first semester there, when we went into one of the classes, the young instructor addressed the class on this wise. I want you to know, I am not a liberal, I am a fanatic. I am out to help overthrow this government, or any other form of government that differs from Marxism. The sad thing about it all, he went on, is that we have no less than ten thousand of these Marxist instructors in our colleges and universities, playing on the minds of our American youth. He went on to say, I have young children growing up, that I hope can enjoy the same kind of America that we have known in the past, but I am afraid that unless immediate steps are taken to assure that, it will never be so. Unless our young people wake up to what is taking place and demand changes, our precious freedom is doomed.

 

STEPPING STONES FOR RUSSIA

 

Saints, the first thing they try to destroy is any faith one might have in God. Then they destroy the image of the home, and after that, the image of America’s government, by the citizens. It is a gradual process whereby they get control of young minds, and then they just twist them in any direction they choose to. I do not know how many of you keep up with things like the condition in San Salvador, and other such places, but when you look at a map, you will notice that San Salvador is just a stepping stone for communism, in their efforts to work their way into this country. It would be San Salvador, then Guatemala, then Mexico, and then this country. It just adds up to the fact that we are living in a time when this spirit is being turned loose, to set the stage for God’s judgment upon the earth. However, as I have already stated, I am convinced that in this generation, God will allow this war to be built up to such a magnitude that the whole world will feel its effects, and many of their young people will be awakened to God-consciousness through His intervention. That is the main purpose of it, that God may be SANCTIFIED in the eyes of many people. Let us pick up verse 21, where we will begin to see how He is going to accomplish that. “And I will call for a sword against him (GOG) throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God.” This is symbolic language, which means, out of all the nations that still have a knowledge of God, or a reverence for Him, and who refuse to knuckle down to that kind of atheistic spirit. Notice now. “Every man’s sword shall be against his brother.” Saints, that does not mean what it sounds like. It means, every man’s sword shall be FOR THE DEFENSE of his brother. If you think of this as every man against his brother, that would mean that God called a sword against Gog, and the whole Western world began to kill each other. In other words, what I am saying is this, you cannot call for a sword to defend the cause over in the Middle East, if all those that the call went out to, just began to kill each other. No. The western nations will be given their chance to rally to the cause, and it will not be a situation where they get involved in killing each other, for the whole west will have a stake in what takes place there. Sheba and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish will not be in an immediate position to defend their rights, themselves. That is why they ask Gog the question, What have you come to do? Are you going to take a spoil. Will you carry away our silver and gold, and our cattle and goods? But if Russia is allowed to do this, the whole Western world would be affected, therefore they cannot just stand idly by, and do nothing. Now let us see what else Gog is going to be confronted with. Verse 22, “And 18 I will plead against him with pestilence (Brother that could be hornets, bugs, frogs, lice, or any number of things, just like in Egypt, in days of old) and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.” We remember reading how God rained down great hailstones upon Egypt, when Moses was down there to lead the Israelites out of bondage. These hailstones will not be for the purpose of tearing up the crops of Israel, but his is how God Himself will conk some Russian soldiers on the head. God’s icemaker can make some pretty big ice cubes, you know. Not only will He pound them with hailstones, but He will also rain down upon them fire, and brimstone. That takes one back to Genesis 19:24,where God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah with fire and brimstone. Natural man has robbed God of His recognition, and glory and honor in many ways through the ages, but this will be one situation where the whole world (not every individual) will realize that only God Himself could do such a thing, to accomplish such a purpose, so He truly will be magnified in their eyes. 23 “Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.” God’s emphasis on the whole thing, is that He might be recognized, set apart in the minds of many people, and glorified. After all, Why did God create man in the first place? Certainly not just so the Devil, old Lucifer could have some fellowship. No. God created man for Himself, for His own fellowship, so why would He not do something to turn things around when they get too far out of line?

 

LET US BE PREPARED

 

I believe we have sufficiently covered the main points of chapter 38, so now for a little while, let us look at this 39 chapter, for it goes hand in hand with 38. We are not setting any dates for any of these events th to take place, for anyone who believes what is written in the Bible, also knows that God has not given us those dates and times. We only have signs and seasons to guide us, and to prepare our minds and hearts for what God will do. Realizing the shape that this old world is in right now, I would have to say this, If God waited another 10 years to bring about this war, it would still be too soon for a lot of people who are supposed to be believers. They would still not be ready. They are too taken up with materialism. Brother! I want you to know, when those nuclear bombs start striking, your fine homes and shiny new automobiles will not do you one bit of good. Even if you survive, you will not be able to enjoy any of this, sitting somewhere in a bomb shelter. Bro. Jackson: Do you really think this war will include nuclear warfare? Yes, I do. I believe that will account for the fire and brimstone aspect of what is taking place. Not that God could not do such a thing supernaturally. We know that He could. But I believe nuclear warfare will come into the picture. It will not destroy that little land of Israel, but I believe the U.S. and Russia, could both be hit with some of it. Ezekiel focuses attention on the land of Israel as the target, but brother, this thing encompasses the interest and participation of many nations around the world. We have already explained why. If Russia was allowed to overrun the Middle East, there would be nothing to stop her from taking over world dominion. The lifeline of too many nations is attached to those oil lines, for the world to stand idly by, and allow her to do a thing like that. Because of what she has been used for, America will be one of the first ones to answer the call when God calls for a sword against Gog. America has been instrumental in rebuilding Europe, in order for those ten horns to be in a position to fulfill their end time role in prophecy. She has been in Middle East affairs, in Korea, Vietnam, and in one way or another, had a voice in affairs of nations around this world. Therefore when this Ezekiel situation arises, she will not be as slow to recognize her necessary role, as many of these other nations may be. Let us go on to chapter 39, for the present time, then maybe we will have some more to say about the role of various nations, a little later.

 

A GREAT SLAUGHTER

 

“Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, Brothers and sisters, if we have confidence in the word of God, this gives us hope. This gives us something to hold on to, when it seems that everything around us is crumbling and falling) and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.” That 2 verse really stands out. For such a short war, something terrible would have to happen in order for nd 5/6 of those enemy forces to be destroyed. It says, Only a 6 part of them are left. Just think about that; th 2600 years ago God caused His prophet to utter those words; I will turn thee back, and leave but one sixth part of thee. With God, it does not matter how long ago He spoke a thing, it will still come to pass. “And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thy arrows to fall out of thy right hand.” This is the same language God caused Hosea to use, concerning the ten northern tribes of Israel, and what would happen in the valley of Jezreel. When God speaks like that to a person, or a nation, it literally means that they are licked even before they start. “Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee.” That means Russians, Persians, Ethiopians, Libyans, Turks and all the rest. No wonder they have to set aside a great valley in Israel, as a burying place for these people. Brother, they are going to be slain by the thousands. “I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured. Thou shalt fall upon the open field: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord.” There is no contradiction here. This does not mean that all these dead bodies are going to be left for ravenous birds, and the beasts of the field to devour. Otherwise we would not be reading, that He gave them a place of burial, a little further on in the chapter. But you have to realize that with so many thousands of dead carcasses strewn upon the mountains, and in the fields, these birds and beasts are going to reach a lot of them before the burying party does. A few months ago, we read where someone had written articles about a certain type of vulture that has been multiplying in Israel, in recent years. They connected it with this scripture we just read. Now, verse 6, “And I will send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they shall know that I am the Lord.” I cannot help but believe that this is that first and brimstone of verse 22, in the previous chapter. In other words, nuclear retaliation. Not only upon Russia, but also upon those nations that border the land of Russia. We have a tendency to think of isles as little dots of land out in the ocean. But if marginal references mean anything to you, it also applies to coasts, which could mean bordering nations. I, for one, believe that is what the inference points to, here. So we can read that verse like this; I will send first on Russia and those nations that border her. That gives a different picture of the whole thing. Poland is getting a terrible shaking right now. She is already a bankrupt nation, with very little hope of recovering, and it seems that she is destined for Russian intervention. (As this message is being prepared for the press, conditions in Poland are much worse than when these statements were made back in August and September 1981.) God is letting these conditions develop, one by one, getting everything in line, as the hour for His judgment draws nearer. Not that I have any particular information on this subject, but I have said that I do not believe any form of communism could last much longer than 100 years. Something from within will rise to destroy it, for communism itself destroys initiative. It destroys the will of its people, and God never meant for individual souls to be just tools for some super state. If you lived under communism, and invented something, it would belong to the state. You as an individual would never receive any benefit from it. That is just one example, but let us continue. Verse 7, “So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not let them pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord; the holy One in Israel.” Brother, those Jewish children will not be wearing T-shirts with, “I WAS BORN TO RAISE HELL” on them, after that. Let me explain that remark.

 

WHAT DEFILES US

 

When we were leaving Norway to come home, we were taken by bus to an old military airport, that being a place that was equipped to handle the big 747’s. As we waited there in the terminal we became aware of a large group of Jewish boys and girls waiting there also. We learned that they were from the U.S., from New York, New Jersey, and even some from Missouri, and other parts. They had been in Israel for a number of months on one of those student study plans. Now I would never want to be guilty of belittling anyone from a racial standpoint, but we come to find out that the reason we were delayed from departing, was because those young folks had demanded kosher food be served on the plane. You know what that means. It had to be food that was prepared a certain way, blessed by the Rabbi, and so forth, in order that it not pollute their little stomachs, according to Levitical law. But I am here to tell you, when we finally were allowed to board the plane, I have never seen such carrying on, out of children before. Then what made it even worse, and gave occasion for my remark was that they were wearing T-shirts with various things lettered on them. Some of which had those words, “I WAS BORN TO RAISE HELL.” I just thought to myself, Why would anyone that conducts themselves like they did, whether Jew or Gentile, make such a fuss about what they eat? For it is not what goes into our mouth that defiles us, it is what proceeds out of our mouth, for it comes forth from our heart. But, Praise God! There is coming a day when God will not let any true Israelite pollute his holy name any more, a day when they will understand why there ever was such a thing as kosher food. Now notice verse 8. In the mind of God, He looks at all this as a completed picture. Therefore He is just awaiting the right hour for its windup. “Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord God; this is the day whereof I have spoken.” Verse 9, lets us know what the inhabitants of Israel will be doing for the next seven years after this thing is over with. “And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the hand staves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years: So they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.” Brothers and sisters, I want to say this once again. After Armageddon, there will not be seven years left to clean up the mess, before the Millennium starts, but after this battle ends, Israel will be busy burning weapons and shipping crates and all such like for the next seven years. You just must try to imagine how much of all such as this, an invading army would bring with them. But the last half of verse 10 lets us know they will not be burning those useful things that are left behind. They are to take a spoil from those that came to spoil them. Naturally Russia will not bring cattle and sheep, and such like, that they can take as a spoil, but they will bring hundreds of new tanks and trucks, as well as other types of machinery that Israel will take to themselves and use. They will also take from the dead the valuable trinkets, and anything else of value that they have with them, for it says that they will rob those that robbed them. Verse 11, “And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: (That will be somewhere along the coast of the Mediterranean) and it shall stop the noses of the passengers.” Brother, Sister, that means that valley is going to stink something awful. But notice something else. “It shall stop the noses of the passengers.” That looks, or sounds like there is still going to be tourists going to that land when this is all over with. It seems to keep stressing this word, passengers. Therefore in the time between this war, and the last half of the week of Daniel, tourists will no doubt flock to Israel, maybe even more so than in the past, for this will focus the attention of the whole world upon that land.

 

VALLEY OF HAMONGOG

 

Ever since Israel became a state, the land has become more and more a tourist attraction, and it seems 21 that every war they have fought since then, has just served to draw the attention of more and more tourists to their land. Every war has produced many testimonies that have served to attract attention, and this one will be the greatest attention getter of all. People will want to see where all of this actually took place, so they will continue to come. All right, it will stop the noses of the passengers; “And there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude; and they shall call it The Valley of Hamongog.” Not only do they give them a cemetery there in Israel, they even name it to be a memorial. This is where Russia came to her end, when she met God face to face, so to speak. 12 “And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land. Yea all the people of the land shall bury them; and it shall be to them a renown (widely acclaimed and honored) day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God.” Just try to imagine what those Israelites will be saying and thinking while they are out there burying those dead soldiers. They will be remembering how all those Ethiopians and Libyans poured into their little land at the same time Russia and Persia, and all those hoards poured in from the north parts. My, what a predicament to be in. Surrounded on every side. “If God had not intervened, what would we have done?” No wonder it says, “I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God.” He will be acknowledged, not only be Israel, but also from Gentiles from many nations. “And they (Israel) shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search. An the passengers that pass through the land, when any seeth a man’s bone, then shall be set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamongog. And also the name of the city shall be Hamonath. Thus shall they cleanse the land.” Beyond any shadow of doubt, I believe these scriptures prove that this is not the much talked about war that will end all things. These scriptures allow us to see that Israel will clean up the land and continue their tourist trade projects. People of the world talk about the battle of Armageddon, not because they are spiritual minded, but because there has been so much said about it, and they are smart enough to realize that the present trend of greed and moral decay would have to lead mankind to a brink of destruction before too much longer. But very few ever looked at this war of Ezekiel apart from that one. They read some of the same language pertaining to both of them, and fail to take note of the rest of the language that definitely sets them apart, as two separate wars, to accomplish two different distinct purposes. One is to sanctify the Lord God in the eyes of a lot of people that have been prone to speak of Him only as a historical figure. The other is to fulfill the judgment and wrath of God upon all wicked and ungodly mankind. He will be cleansing the earth of all filthy, perverted, wicked and ungodly humanity, leaving only those that are moral and upright enough to pass into the Millennium. Therefore in the light of all the scriptures we have, from which to base our remarks, I am bound to say that there will be AT THE LEAST, seven years of time between the end of this war of Ezekiel and that war called, the battle of Armageddon.

 

SECOND DEATH

 

Naturally we know that at the end of one thousand years, which is the duration of the Millennial reign of Christ, God will have to cleanse the earth again, for there will be babies born throughout that time, and they will be born from parents that pass to them, through the genes, every potential attribute that has ever been found in mankind throughout his history upon earth. This of course immediately proceeds the great white throne judgment which God immediately sets in effect, whereby He will raise all the wicked dead from every age, to have their final judgment pronounced upon them, (the lake of fire) just before ushering the whole earth into the eternal age, the eighth day, which is the new beginning. This will be completely different from what it was with Noah and his family, for God will have purged out of the human race, every trace of sin and perversion. There will be no evil attributes carried over in the genes of mankind this time for they will all have been bred out, during the one thousand years of Christ’s righteous reign upon earth. 22 You can read about this, in chapter 20, of the book of Revelation. I would also invite you to read verse 8, of the 21 chapter, which says, “But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, st and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.” Overcomers will inherit all things, but any who fall into this category have only the lake of fire and brimstone to look forward to. What a contrast. Brothers and sisters, the reward for serving God with our whole heart, is so great, that our vocabulary just cannot find proper words to speak of it.

 

BANQUET TABLE IN ISRAEL

 

Let us return our thinking to the remaining verses of Ezekiel 39 now, that we may get the complete picture of all that is involved. “And, thou son of man, Thus saith the Lord God; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come: gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood. Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan.” Yes there will be the flesh and blood of mighty men scattered upon the face of that land. Just think of all the military officers of the armies of all the different countries that are named as taking part in this attack upon Israel. Many of them will have their chest swelled out, so proud that they have been chosen to lead and command certain regiments of this great attacking force, yet they will die right along with all the rest, and the vultures could not care less what their status was in life. The sad part is, that they could have avoided being a part of all this, if they would have only had faith in this 2600 year old prophecy in this blessed old book. If they could not go AWOL, and get on Israel’s side, at least they could pray that they be spared, among the one sixth part that is allowed to live. “And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you. Thus shall ye be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord God.” Now Saints, you must realize that there is a certain amount of symbolic language involved here. God is not literally going to set up a table in the land of Israel to spread those dead carcases out on. Neither will those vultures be eating what we think of as a chariot. But the word chariot comes from a word that also means team, which better fits the setting. But the main thought here, is that everything, and everyone comes to the same end, strewn upon the mountains of Israel. Right there is where the vultures, and the beasts will find their great feast. So do not let this symbolic language give you any trouble. God has never written anything for the purpose of confounding a genuine believer; therefore a believer should never become overly disturbed about any of the language of the scriptures, whether it is all understood or not.

 

THREEFOLD PURPOSE

 

As we read verses 21 & 22, you will find that a threefold purpose of God is going to be accomplished through the events and outcome of this war. Notice now. “And I will SET MY GLORY AMONG THE HEATHEN, and all the heathen shall SEE MY JUDGMENT THAT I HAVE EXECUTED, AND MY HAND THAT I HAVE LAID UPON THEM. So the house of ISRAEL SHALL KNOW THAT I AM THE LORD THEIR GOD from that day and forward.” Never in all the history of Gentile people, has that spirit of atheism been so prevalent. When you think that after two thousand years of preaching the gospel, we have reached such an hour of atheism as we have, it could cause one to wonder, Just how could this be? But now, just think for another moment what the vast majority of the population have uppermost in their minds, pleasure, pride, prestige, material wealth, science and the great achievements of mankind. Teaching a concept of a living God to their children has been so secondary, that it is no wonder their 23 minds have been a choice playground for those who would like to get God out of the picture all together. They believe, and have taught, that the miracle of the Red Sea becoming a frozen wall of water, allowing the Jews to cross over on dry ground, is all a myth. Likewise, they call it a myth, concerning the walls of Jericho that came tumbling down at just the right moment, and also the manna in the wilderness, and the water from a rock, but God is going to change a lot of minds about all those things one day very soon. Many of those school teachers and professors will not even want to go back into their class rooms and face their students, after this. Then when they do go back, some of them may want to take a Bible to use, instead of their atheistic text books. Not all of them will be affected like that, but enough to accomplish God’s purpose. He will set his glory among the heathen, and that does not apply just to those naked tribes in the jungles of this world like some people are prone to think. Brother I want you to know, a person could have a dozen educational degrees, but if that person does not know God, he is still a heathen in God’s eyes. Therefore thousands of these are going to be made award of the fact that the Bible is right after all, and from those that do acknowledge God in all of this, will come an element of people that will be chosen to pass on into the Millennium, and those who do not properly acknowledge God, will wear the mark of the beast when it is forced upon believing mankind.

 

REVIVAL IN ISRAEL

 

All right now, the next thing we see here is that all the heathen shall see His judgment. Upon what? Russia of course. Russia and all those that come with her against Israel. What God does here against the enemies of Israel, will remind Bible believers of what He did for them in the days when He brought them out of Egypt, and into the promised land. Then, knowing what a warrior God has been on behalf of Israel in past days, we have a generation of people who want to teach that God does not believe in war, that God does not believe in capital punishment, and that He is just a God of love and peace. Well, I believe He is a God of love and peace too, but I am persuaded that He knows how to deal with those who do not follow His principles of love and peace. God’s grace, and mercy, and peace is for those who will abide by the principles that go with it, but His wrath and judgment are for those who follow a course of ungodliness and evil. They think that fools a lot of people is His longsuffering patience. He does not have to get in a hurry. He brings everything forth at a precise time, to accomplish His overall purpose. Just like what we read in verse 22, “So the house of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward.” Brothers and sisters, right there is where the revival is going to take place. What a beautiful setting for God’s two witnesses of Rev. 11:3 to walk into. That nation will be ready to hear the truth about Jehovah when they are awakened by this great event. While the rest of the world is taken up with their great peace plan, Israel will be given her opportunity to hear the word of the Lord, and receive the Holy Ghost. They cannot be left with the same understanding of God that their forefathers had three thousand years ago; those two prophets will be there to bring them up to date. All of this is for the latter days, and we are living in those latter days. Actually there was no reason for Bible scholars of former generations to understand these scriptures that are literally just for our day. That is why they have been treated so lightly in the past.

 

REWARD FOR MARTYRDOM

 

Let us read verse 23. “And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword. According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and hid my face from them.” Now this is all recorded throughout the pages of the Old Testament, various accounts of God’s dealing with Israel, and why, and these 24 various prophecies have foretold what the end of it all would be, but all too many have just skimmed over them, as though it was just so many words to fill up space in the Bible. But when God’s hand stands out so marvelously in this Ezekiel war, many people are going to dust off their Bibles, and begin to search for whatever else they may be able to learn from it. When they do, they will find out exactly why God has allowed the Jews to be treated as they have been, throughout all the years of their dispersion. Many of them will read things in Daniel and Revelation, that will help them a little later when the mark of the beast is introduced. Even after grace to Gentiles is terminated, and God has turned back to the Jews with His convicting presence and power, foolish virgins and Jews in dispersion can still read things in the Bible that can direct their course, and let them know not to take the mark of the beast. Then when that dark hour does arrive, and the mark is a reality, God’s 144,000 Jewish servants will be scattered throughout the nations warning them also. That is why, when you read Revelation 7:9-17, you find there a great multitude that has gotten the victory over the beast, and come out on God’s side after all. Oh, yes, they will have to suffer martyrdom, but their reward for it is eternal life, and the privilege of being resurrected to live with Christ and His bride throughout the Millennium. (Rev. 20:1-6)

 

JOEL 2 FULFILLMENT

 

Beginning with verse 25, we find the prophecy reverting back to bring up to date what is happening, and why. “Therefore thus saith the Lord God; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, (Using the word Jacob right there, is His way of encompassing the whole house of Israel, meaning all twelve tribes) and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name; After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made them afraid.” Verse 27 speaks of the hour when they are all back in the land. “When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their enemies’ lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; Then shall they know that I am the Lord their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them into their own land, and have left none of them any more there. Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my Spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord God.” Praise the Lord, when this war is over, there will be no more reason for returning to their old ways, that is, to be scattered among the nations. These scriptures also let us know that there will not be an outpouring of God’s spirit upon them, until Revelation 7:1-8, 11:3-7, when the two prophets are on the scene. Brothers and sisters, we will be bringing this message to a close shortly, so let me remind you once again. Chapters 38 & 39, should always be read in conjunction with 36 & 37, for it takes all four of them to give you a profile of what God is doing to get Israel ready for her spiritual outpouring, and the rest of the remnant of the nations ready for the Millennium. Now when I say, spiritual outpouring, I am referring to Joel 2, for this is when chapter 2 of Joel’s prophecy really comes to a climax. When Peter used this reference on the day of Pentecost, almost 2,000 years ago, that was only a partial fulfillment, for in those days they did not experience the other signs that go along with it, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke, the sun turned to darkness, and the moon into blood. You say, What do all these signs mean? It means that Jehovah is on the move. We read Hosea 1:11 earlier, which speaks of the whole house of Israel, coming up out of the land, (the land of dispersion) appointing themselves one head, (Jesus Christ) and the great day of Jezreel, which actually pertains to the reconstruction of Jezreel. It was nothing but a swampland for years and years, but it never shall be again. They are already growing some of the most beautiful fruits and vegetables in that valley, that you have ever seen. There are still probably three million Jews in the land of Magog, many of them actually claiming to be descendants of the ten northern tribes that were carried away by the Assyrians, in the 7 century B.C. and Hosea the prophet said these Jews were never to be th looked upon and brought back until the last days. There are thousands of them behind the iron curtain 25 that want to go home, yet Russia has let out only a few, and then only at a great monetary expense. Jews in other parts of the world have had such advantages, that many of them have no desire whatsoever to go to Israel to live. Many who have gone, have returned to their good life in the western world later, simply because they could not adjust to that way of life. I believe that by the time this Ezekiel conflict is finished, the world’s economy will be so wrecked, those Jews that have gone to Israel will not have anything in the western world worth returning to. God knows how to do these things. Turn in your Bibles to Hosea 6:1 and we will find a cry of the Jewish people. It is a cry of the spirit of these people, after centuries of dispersion and oppression. “Come, and let us return unto the Lord: for He hath torn, and He will heal us.” How did He tear them: By allowing their enemies to overrun them. If you think He did not tear them, please read our article, The Abomination That Maketh Desolate, where we printed actual excerpts from Jewish history showing how they were starved to death, and how some of them even roasted and ate their little babies. They threw dead bodies over the wall, where they just lay and stank. When they finally were captured, they were sold as slaves, and eventually scattered to the four winds. Even Titus, a pagan, Roman army officer, proclaimed, This cannot be anything else but the wrath of their God upon them. All right, then, When will He heal them? When will He bind them up? This is symbolic language. It says, “He hath smitten, and He will bind us up. After two days (2000 years) will He revive us: (by sending them two prophets and pouring out the Holy Ghost upon them) in the third day He will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight.” (In the Millennium.) That is when Jesus Christ will rule from Zion for 1000 years. It was Micah that wrote, “The law shall go forth of Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem.” Then Zechariah wrote, (14:16) “And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Why? Because He will literally rule from the throne of David. That is why Hosea wrote the prophecy, “And we shall live in His sight.” What beautiful prophetic language we see portrayed here. Their two days was two thousand years of being scattered among the nations, and that third day will carry them right into the Millennium.

 

NEXT YEAR IN JERUSALEM

 

I want to read you a few verses from Acts, chapter 3, where Peter is found preaching his second sermon after their experience on the day of Pentecost. Notice what he says to them in verse 19. “Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.” Their individual sins will be blotted out when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord, under the ministry of those two witnesses of Rev. 11:3. Because Rev. 7:1-8, shows 144,000 men, being sealed with their Father’s name. This great outpouring of the Spirit of God that brings such a refreshing from the presence of the Lord will cause literally thousands of Jews to get a true revelation of who Jesus Christ really is, their long awaited, and once rejected Messiah. Not only does Peter speak of a refreshing, he also speaks of restitution. Let us read verses 20-21. “And He shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you: Whom the heavens must receive (or retain) until the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world began.” Naturally this takes place over a period of time, but actually the last thing Peter mentioned was the first thing that began to be set in motion, the restitution of their land to the Israelites. The second thing is their refreshing, and the third is when Jesus returns in literal bodily form, to sit upon the throne of David, during which time Israel will be lifted up into her Millennial glory where she will fulfill the way John saw her in Revelation 12:1, “a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon (law age) under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars.” Israel will truly shine, in the kingdom age. She brought forth a man child (Jesus Christ) who has become King of kings and Lord of lords, and 26 she has been completely restored, and is once again represented by all twelve tribes (twelve stars.) It took an evil man like Hitler to get them in the notion to go home, but from that incident, the way was opened up for Jews to return to the land of their fathers, and through a process of thirty some years, God has just about enough of them back there to bring Ezekiel 38 & 39 into focus. All through the centuries while they were in dispersion, the Jews would celebrate the day of atonement with a certain ritual that would always include these words, “Next year in Jerusalem,” but it has taken many centuries for that “NEXT YEAR” to arrive, and I imagine many of them gave up hope, but those who have held that hope surely must be excited in these days. Naturally we do not know exactly what it will take to get that Moslem mosque off of their sacrificial rock, but we do know that very soon, something will. Hallelujah! Those that first returned to the land, have had to fight to hold it, for those Arabs were determined to drive them into the sea, but those Arabs have discovered that they do not have what it would take to do that. That is why Russia will get her chance, no Arab nation is strong enough to attempt such a thing, without Russia leading the way. I will just say this, they are all in for a great surprise, simply because they have not read, or believed what God had His prophets write concerning that land and those people for these last days.

 

ENEMIES TREMBLE

 

Let us go back to Micah 7:15-17 for just a moment. Notice now, “According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto him (Israel) marvelous things.” Naturally that is comparing what God would do for Israel in the last days with what He did for them at the Red sea, and at Jericho, and so forth. Notice this 16 verse, the affect it will have upon the nations, the Gentiles. “The nations shall see and th be confounded at their might; they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, their ears shall be deaf.” I know you have seen people slap their hand over their mouth in moments of great surprise, and at times when they were observing something they could hardly believe. It has already happened in Israel’s 1967 war that only lasted 6 days, and it is going to happen again when this next one is fought. 17 “They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall BE AFRAID OF THE LORD OUR GOD, and shall fear because of thee.” That is Israel’s defense, “They shall be afraid of the Lord our God.” You will remember how Joshua sent two spies to view conditions at Jericho, and how an harlot named Rahab hid them from the king’s men that came looking for them. In Joshua 2:8, let us notice what she said to them. “And before they were lain down, she came up unto them upon the roof; and she said unto the men, I know that the Lord hath given you the land, (It is too bad some more people of our day do not realize that, it would save them a lot of fretting and fussing) and that your TERROR IS FALLEN UPON US, AND THAT ALL THE INHABITANTS OF THE LAND FAINT (or tremble) BECAUSE OF YOU. For we have HEARD how the Lord dried up the water of the Red Sea for you, when ye came out of Egypt; and what ye did unto the two kings of the Amorites, that were on the other side of Jordan, Sihon and Og, whom ye utterly destroyed, and as soon as we heard these things our hearts did melt, neither did there remain any more courage in any man, because of you: for the Lord your God, he is God in Heaven above, and in earth beneath.” This is the affect the Red Sea incident had on those that heard of it, and God caused Micah to write, that it would be like that again in the last days, so you can see why leaders of the nations of the world will rush together, and work out some kind of peace plan; they will be scared half to death, after witnessing what takes place in Israel. Russia will no longer be a thread to any of them, but their hearts will be trembling because they have been made to realize how quickly this old world could be destroyed, if they do not get everyone settled down, and get their fingers off of those nuclear panic buttons. Their peace plan will quiet things for a few years, while a lot of them think Armageddon has already been fought, but sad to say, for all who are not ready to meet God in judgment, Armageddon will be just a few years away, and Israel will once again have dead bodies lying everywhere. 27 That is when the valley of Jezreel will have blood running to the horses bridles. This is where God’s wine press is pictured: on ly the wine will be blood. Brothers and sisters, it is all, right here in the book. We do not have to imagine, nor guess about what all this Middle East turmoil will lead to. Therefore I would only say to believers, be sure you keep your head on straight as the pressure mounts, and keep your trust in God. To anyone else I will say this, Your time left to get right with God is very short now. He will not wait another hundred years. May the Lord be magnified in His true people in these days. Amen.

Certified Seed, Part 2 – 1981, November

1981-11-Certified-Seed-Part2

AS WE GO INTO THIS PART OF OUR MESSAGE WE WANT TO SHOW HOW THE AUTHOR OF LIFE DWELLING IN THE LIVES OF BELIEVERS ACTUALLY CAUSED THEM TO EXEMPLIFY JESUS CHRIST IN THEIR DAILY LIVES, AND SPEAK WITH THE SAME AUTHORITY HE SPOKE WITH. WE WILL FOLLOW THE ROUTE OF THAT ORIGINAL CHURCH AS IT GOES THROUGH ITS PROCESS OF REPRODUCING ITSELF AND RETURNING A PRODUCT JUST LIKE THE ORIGINAL. WE WILL SHOW WHY WATER BAPTISM IN THE NAME OF THE LORD JESUS CHRIST DEFINITELY IS A PART OF YOUR NEW BIRTH EXPERIENCE, AND IF YOU REFUSE IT, YOU HAVE MISSED THE MARK. YOU WILL ALSO SEE HOW THE WORD WAS MADE FLESH, AND WHY THE WORD ITSELF WAS NOT FLESH.


FIND OUT HOW TO RECEIVE THE PROMISES OF GOD, AND WHY SO MANY FOLKS FAIL TO RECEIVE, SIMPLY BECAUSE THEY WILL NOT MEET THE CONDITION THAT PROCEEDS THOSE PROMISES. WE WILL ALSO SPEAK OF WHAT THE MANIFESTATIONS OF THE HOLY GHOST ARE, AND ENDEAVOR TO SHOW HOW SATAN HAS COUNTERFEITED THEM AND DECEIVED GREAT MULTITUDES. WE SHOW THE TRUE REVELATION OF A PARABLE THAT HAS BEEN MISAPPLIED ALL THROUGH THE CHURCH AGES WHILE IT WAS USED BY SATAN’S HYBRID CHURCH. THEN, LASTLY, WHAT THE MESSAGE DELIVERED BY BRO. BRANHAM TO THIS AGE WAS MEANT TO ACCOMPLISH.


To continue our message on “Certified Seed,” let us just pick up right where we left off in our last issue. We were talking about what the second Adam (Jesus Christ) was commissioned to do upon the earth. The first Adam failed to carry out his commission upon earth, and that is what necessitated the second Adam’s presence. The first Adam was supposed to reproduce seed with all the qualities that God had created in him, but by the time he reproduced seed, the most important quality of all, was missing. His sons did not have eternal life abiding in them. Why? Because God had replaced it with death, in Adam, and he could only reproduce from what he himself was. He was a son of God because God created him; therefore his sons were sons of God also, but that eternal life of God was not present in them. Instead of reproducing miniature creators that would know how to rule the rest of God’s creation, Adam fathered earth bound sons with a death sentence hanging over them. Now we all know that death is the opposite of life, evil is the opposite of good, and dark is the opposite of light. God is life, God is light, and God is good, but He has an adversary named Lucifer, who is also called Satan, and the devil, who is always represented by darkness because his deeds are evil, and there is no good in him. He was not always such, for God created him perfect, just like He created Adam, perfect. According to Ezekiel 28, he was a beautiful angel of God that allowed his great beauty fo fill his heart with pride and self esteem. His great wisdom was corrupted by his iniquitous motives, to the point where he proclaimed, “I will (I WILL) ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High.” God cast him down to earth from his high position, never to be restored again, and from that moment on he has worked against God in every way he has imagined to do, and God has allowed it (with certain limitations) to test the faithfulness of every son of God that would ever set foot upon earth. The first son of God that was placed on earth with a certain command, yielded to one of Lucifers evil schemes when he was tested, but in process of time, another Son of God was tested in every area that a man could be tempted, and He yielded not, and therefore became the Redeemer of all God’s lost children. He did not redeem any of the devil’s children; but He paid the price of redemption for every child of God that has been held captive to sin all their lives because of the first Adam’s disobedience. If Adam and Eve would have held to the word of God when they were tested, like Jesus did when He was tested, there never would have been anything running wild and uncontrollable upon earth. God created everything perfect, and only Adam and Eve were given a free will whereby they could choose between the perfect will of God and their own will. Every other living thing was to be controlled by them. Under their control, there never would have been any downbreeding of any seed; neither plant life, animal life, nor human life. When Adam lost control to Satan, everything plunged into a downward trend, and has continued so ever since, with little exception. Only those who have been redeemed through the ages have been checked from their downward course. All of this is a result of death that was imputed to Adam and Eve when they disobeyed God’s word. Jesus Christ, the second Adam, had no death in Him, yet He had to taste death for everyone else who would ever be redeemed. There was no perverted nature whatsoever about Him, yet the Bible says He was tempted in all points where we are tempted, yet He yielded to none of it. Satan was allowed to come against the physical side of Jesus in order that he (Satan) might be convinced that there was one Son of God that would not forfeit His original, God qualities. He overcame Satan the exact way that each and every believer is authorized to overcome him; using the written word of God. When Satan tempted Him to turn stones into bread when He was hungry and weak from a forty day fast, He overcame, saying, “It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God.” When the devil tried to get Him to cast Himself down from a pinnacle of the temple in order to prove that He was the Son of God, he (the devil) even quoted scripture saying, If you are truly the Son of God, cast yourself down, for it is written, He (God) shall give His angels charge concerning thee: and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone. Jesus came right back and said, “It is also written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God.” That would be just like jumping out into the pathway of a speeding automobile in an effort to prove to someone, that you have a guardian angel watching over you. When you go against the word of God to do a thing like that, you actually forfeit your right to such protection, just like those people who handle snakes trying to prove that they believe St. Mark 16:18. Some of them may handle snakes without ever being bitten. I do not know about that. However I do hear about some of them that do get bitten. You take my word for it, that scripture is not a provision for you to play with snakes. God does not give one scripture that contradicts another one that is already written. Do not allow Satan to trick you into trying to prove that the word of God means what it says. You are not required to prove that God will keep His word. You just obey it, and let God Himself do the proving. If you want God on the scene, just obey His word and He will be there. He never needs to be forced to honor His own word.


WORDS OF AUTHORITY


Jesus Christ the second Adam was man according to the flesh, but He was every bit God in essence of Spirit. He looked no different than any other normal Jew of His day, yet we know that He was not a Jew. He walked the same, combed His hair the same way, wore His clothes like other men, and made no attempt to glorify His flesh like we see so many doing in our day. What was it then, that made people sit up and take notice? It was the words that fell from His lips. Just about every time He spoke, those old scribes and Pharisees would get riled up and cause trouble. How does he know words like that? He never attended the seminary. Praise God! He had the Spirit within Him that all words originated from. He could have gone to their seminaries and taught them a few things. Naturally they did not have anything in the days of Jesus that they called seminaries, but they had that same spirit that today is found in man’s great schools of religion. Those proud Pharisees thought it would be altogether impossible for a man to teach anything about God, if he had not graduated from one of their schools. That same spirit is on your great “Doctors of Divinity” in our day, yet they are the ones that are missing God completely. They have a head full of theories, but no revelation that can get them down from their self-esteem, to the place where God is. Martin Luther was a man that tried desperately to find the peace of God through education. He had a “Doctor of Divinity” degree bestowed upon him, but it was only after he heard the voice of God, “THE JUST SHALL LIVE BY FAITH,” that he began to find out where God is. That eventually caused him to be branded as a heretic, and put his life in danger, even to the point where many thought he would be burned at the stake, but his soul had found refuge. His greatest degree was bestowed upon him by God Himself when He spoke to him by the audible voice. This of course was the beginning of what we call “The Reformation,” as Luther began to protest that system of Catholic dogma. This was God’s avenue whereby He would restore lost truth to the body of Christ, for many others followed Luther’s example and protested that system of religious dogma. It took more than four hundred years, but little by little God restored the church to the place where she would accept a prophet messenger that could set her on a straight course, and get all of this restored truth sorted out, and put together into a pure revelation. Naturally my use of the word church, applies only to those who are willing to be led by God’s Spirit, and definitely not to the church systems of our day. These systems teach that Jesus Christ was God in the flesh, but they have no revelation as to how He was God in the flesh. They are hung up on the idea that God is three persons, and they try to reconcile the scriptures which teach that God is one, by saying that all three persons of the god head, agree in one. That is just as pagan as it can be, and yet I was one of them until God got hold of my life and turned me around.


THE AUTHOR OF LIFE


The man called Jesus Christ was God’s original seed for redemption. He lived God, He talked God, He demonstrated God because He was God. Nowhere in the Bible will you ever find any authority to call Him the second person of the Godhead. He is the only PERSON of the Godhead. God, who created all things, is a sovereign Spirit, and not a person. (John 4:24) Of course we realize that the natural mind will not receive divine revelation. It is only the mind that God has dealt with, that can grasp spiritual truth. Anyone that has a sharp mind can memorize what they hear, and tell it as often as they wish. That is what a tare will do when they are sitting among true believers; therefore you cannot tell for sure about a person, by what they say, and God Himself is the only one that can search the heart of man. But time itself reveals a lot to us, for a genuine born again believer will not throw their convictions aside every time the going gets a little rough for them, or when they are faced with a temptation. God never promised us that living for Him would be an easy life, and neither did He promise that we would not be faced with temptation as long as we live. He did promise that we would never be tempted beyond what we are able to bear, without Him making a way for us to escape. (1st Cor. 10:13) Our way of escape from Satan’s temptations and snares was secured for us at Calvary, when Jesus Christ who submitted to none of Satan’s temptations, yielded Himself to be taken by an angry mob and delivered up to be nailed to an old rugged cross. He tasted of death for every man. Not because He yielded to temptation, but because He yielded to Satan’s boastful brag, “I dare you to lay your life down.” By yielding Satan’s terms there, He proved once and for all that He was God, in the flesh of a man. Only the author of life can raise a dead body from the grave, and put life back in it. Jesus said to Martha concerning her brother Lazarus, “I am the resurrection, and the life; he that believeth on me, though he were dead, yet shall he live: And whosoever liveth and believeth in me shall never die.” (John 11:25-26) In the verses we just read, and in the verses we are going to read, the sovereign voice of God is heard proceeding from the lips of Jesus; that same “I AM” that spoke to Moses at the burning bush. (Exodus 3:14) In John, chapter 10, beginning with verse 14, we read, “I am the good shepherd, and know my sheep, AND AM KNOWN OF MINE. (His true sheep do not call Him the second person fo the trinity.) As the Father knoweth me, even so know I the Father: and I lay down my life for the sheep. And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold; them also I must bring, (that is all of us Gentiles who believe) and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be ONE FOLD, and ONE SHEPHERD. Therefore doth my Father love me, because I LAY DOWN MY LIFE, that I might take it again. No man taketh it from me, but I lay it down of myself. I HAVE POWER TO LAY IT DOWN, AND I HAVE POWER TO TAKE IT AGAIN.” Is it any wonder that He could appear to the aged apostle John, when he was banished to the Isle of Patmos because of his personal testimony, and say to him, “I AM ALPHA AND OMEGA, the first and the last?” (Rev. 1:11) Then in verse 18, we read, “I AM HE THAT LIVETH, AND WAS DEAD, AND, BEHOLD, I AM ALIVE FOR EVERMORE, AMEN; AND HAVE THE KEYS OF HELL AND OF DEATH.” John was an old man when Jesus appeared to him there on the Isle of Patmos, but one thing is sure; he had carried a revelation in his spirit ever since the days he walked with Jesus through the land of Israel, witnessing the miracles, and hearing what Jesus taught the people that followed Him, so he did not stagger in unbelief when that sovereign voice began to speak from behind him. Brothers and sisters, if you could only realize how important it is for every child of God to have a genuine revelation in these last days, you would not wonder why we dwell so much on certain things. Satan is going to throw everything he has, at you, in these closing days of Gentile time, and your faith in God’s word is going to be put to the test as never before. Much heartache and despair could be avoided if God’s people would just get His word settled in their hearts once and for all. It is sad when God has to turn one of His sons and daughters over to Satan and allow him to destroy their flesh, so to speak, in order to wake them up to the importance of a life of righteousness. Do not allow your understanding of eternal security of the believer, to cause you to be careless with the way you life. Eternal security is a precious doctrinal truth, but it is only applicable to those who believe and obey the word of God. In other words, It is not for those who are forever premeditating to do something that is right on the border line between good and evil. Those early Christians made every effort to depart from everything that had an evil appearance. They did not look to see just what they could get by with. Their faith in Christ set their souls on fire, and they sought to separate themselves from their former ways. It is just like the scripture that says, How can two walk together, except they agree? Saints it does make a difference who you pal around with, both religiously and naturally. Running with a religious person who is sold out to an Antichrist spirit, can be just as harmful as running around with a worldly minded, carnal thinking person. Jesus said, I came that you might have life, and that you might have it more abundantly. That simply means that a genuine faith in Him will give a person more than just fire insurance to keep them out of hell. I could never make anyone into the image of Jesus Christ, but I can assure you of this much; His word can, if you will obey it from your heart.


ORIGINAL CHURCH REPRODUCING


Jesus said, I am the way, I am the truth, I am the life, I am the door; therefore whatever can be seen in Him, the church is to be a reproduction of that. Once Jesus arose from the dead, blood had been made available, water had been authorized, and all that was needed then, was the Spirit to quicken it, giving it life. That took place on the day of Pentecost, first with the 120 that had waited in an upper room, and a little later with three thousand other souls that gladly received the gospel. The great eternal Spirit looked upon that 120 that obeyed the voice of Jesus. He knew they truly had come through the blood; they knew why it had been shed. They stood right there and watched it, and in their hearts, they wanted to do exactly what He had told them to do. All they needed was the Spirit, to give life to their revelation, and once they received it, you could not have persuaded them to sell out, for anything in the world. They were originals. They were the absolute first to receive the “born again” experience. They were reproduced from the very living Christ Himself. Let us watch now, how this seed was to reproduce, and keep on reproducing itself. Not genetically, but redemptively. Peter who preached the first sermon after the Spirit was given, did not go to school to learn how to preach. He was an ordinary fisherman before Jesus called him. He talked like a fisherman, and probably smelled like one. In other words, he had no theological degrees. But when he finished preaching his first sermon under the anointing and inspiration of the Holy Ghost, three thousand Orthodox Jews were pricked in their hearts. They were educated men, schooled in all the orthodox teaching of Judaism. None of them came expecting anything like that, but after listening to Peter, they became troubled in their souls. Their Judaism could not comfort them. Therefore they cried out to Peter, and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? If Peter had been like so many preachers I could name, he would have just said, Shake my hand, sign our church register, and be sure you start paying your tithes, and everything will be all right. What did he say? Repent! “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” That is the only salvation formula you can find in the Bible, this side of the cross. “There is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.” Those that gladly received his word were baptized: and that original church had already reproduced, and grown to more than three thousand souls. Do you think they took any pride in their theology after that? I can just hear them now, as they went back home to their own country, (They were there from at least 16 nations of the world) telling what had happened in Jerusalem, during the time they were there, and how their own lives had been changed by what they saw and heard. Just reading between the lines, you know they had some trouble back home. But what they got was real, therefore they did not chuck it aside, just because of persecution. That is how the Christian faith was carried to many areas of the world, strictly by those who heard the gospel from Peter, there at Jerusalem.


WHY PROPER WATER BAPTISM IS NECESSARY


Now for you that always have the question, Why is baptism essential to our salvation? Let me just plainly remind you that the word of God says it is for the remission of sins. The sin of unbelief is not used in the plural sense. It is always singular, and that is what the shed blood of Jesus Christ cancels out when you become a believer, but the baptism in water is to remit, or cancel out all those sins of your natural life, all those things that you did, and allowed that were contrary to God’s pure way of life. That is why it is reasonable to assume that if a person refuses to be baptized in water, in the name of Jesus Christ, that person has not fully believed the gospel. Repent, and be baptized was Peter’s answer to those who inquired, What shall we do? That was the two conditions layed out to them, and verse 41, tells the rest of the story, there in Acts 2. “Then they that gladly received the word WERE BAPTIZED.” Some have said, I have always lived a good life, and do not feel that I need to repent of anything, nor to be baptized for that reason, for I do not have any of those bad habits. Romans 3:10-11 says, “There is none righteous, no, not one: There is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. Verse 23, For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God; Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus.” Let me just say this straight out, If the Spirit of God is dealing with you, Acts 2:38 should be all you need, to get you started in the right direction, but if you have a self-righteous attitude, you evidently are not being wooed by God’s Spirit, and to immerse you in water would be of no benefit to your soul. When the apostle Peter wrote later, concerning the answer of a good conscience before God, his application was to those who have been under conviction because of sin, and from the heart, they have obeyed the gospel; therefore they have the answer of a good conscience before God. The scriptures teach that we were born with the nature to do wrong. It is hereditary, and there are no exceptions. If it had been possible for men to settle their own sin debt with God, then Jesus gave His life in vain. His sacrificial offering paid the sin debt for lost mankind, all the way back to Adam and Eve. All those of the Old Testament era that obeyed from the heart, the word of God for their day, received the benefit of the redemption price Jesus paid. They looked forward to their promised Redeemer, and since Calvary, all men look back to that finished work that was accomplished there.

 

 

GOD AND MAN IN ONE


Modern science is forever studying the chemistry, the biological identity of every living thing, so let us just analyze the New Testament church, and see what it is made up of. It was the product of originality, a produce of God’s own law of redemption. Jesus Christ was none other than the incarnate God, God manifested in human flesh. His sole purpose in taking on that robe of flesh was that He might redeem His people from their sins. You will find that in Matthew 1:21, where the angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph, concerning Mary’s conception. “And she shall bring forth a son, and thou shalt call his name Jesus: for He shall save His people from their sins.” God in human flesh, lived as a man, walked as a man, preached as a man, displayed the characteristics, love and power of God, then willingly went to the cross to die like a man, in the place of fallen man, to become the God of redemption. Naturally it was only the body of flesh that died, for that is what death is, the condition of the body, after the spirit of life has departed from it. People have a tendency to forget that many times, when they hear someone say that Jesus was God. They think only of the flesh, and say, If He had been God, He could not have died. Now, Friend: You must understand first of all, that God is a Spirit. He has never been anything else, and He will never be anything but Spirit. It was not the flesh of Jesus that was God; it was that Spirit of eternal life that was in Him that made Him God. He was both God and man. We have already explained how God created within the womb of Mary, an embryo, that had neither the genes of Mary nor of any man. (She was a virgin.) She carried the child through a normal period of pregnancy, furnishing the necessary elements for its physical body. That gave this Son of God physical substance just like any other human, and from the same source as any other human, yet from the genealogical standpoint He inherited nothing from Mary. His life was the very life of God; therefore it is perfectly accurate to say that He was God and man. Let us notice how John expressed it in his gospel. (John 1:1) “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him; and without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not.” When you examine those first three verses, all you can possibly find there is a sovereign Spirit, speaking, Let there be light, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, Let there be this, Let there be that, and so on, through six creative days. John laid the foundation there, then moved right on to speak of Jesus Christ who is a full expression of the omnipresent God which created all things by speaking. We pick up with verse 11, and hear John say, “He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. But as many as received Him, TO THEM GAVE HE POWER TO BECOME THE SONS OF GOD, even to them that BELIEVE ON HIS NAME: (Notice now) Which were BORN, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.” Now we come to verse 14, (“and the Word was made FLESH, and dwelt among us.”) and that causes a lot of people to associate flesh with verse 1, but there was no flesh in the picture until Mary gave birth to Jesus. The way the Word was made flesh was by God’s spoken Word that created that embryo in the womb of the virgin, Mary. “Thou shalt call His name JESUS: for He shall save His people from their sins.” Now as many as believe on Him, or receive Him, are given power to become the sons of God, and it is by a birth that is completely of the will of God. That is exactly what happened to the 120 that first received the Holy Ghost. They had believed on Him, but they did not at first have that Spirit of God to give life to what they believed. When they did receive it, that completed their “born again,” by the will of God, experience. From that time on, receiving that life giving Spirit has been automatic to all who obey Acts 2:38, from the heart. Of course we all realize there are a lot of people immersed in water, that never receive the Holy Ghost, but that is because God searches their hearts. God will not give His Spirit to a tare, just because he goes through all the proper channels in a visible way. Jesus expressed it clearly in Matthew 5:6, where He said, “Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness; for they shall be filled.” That 120 were hungering and thirsting, and they were filled, and a little later, another 3000 were filled. How do I know? By the word of God. If you believe what is written, every little detail does not have to be spelled out. They asked, “What shall we do?” Peter said, “Repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” We then look at verse 41, which says, “Then they that gladly RECEIVED HIS WORD were baptized: and the same day there were added unto them (unto who? The 120 of course) about three thousand souls.” Two things stand out. First they met the condition. That puts the obligation over on God. He then must honor His own word of promise, which we know that He will never fail to do. Secondly they were added to the church, which is the body of Christ, and 1st Corinthians 12:13 says, “For by one Spirit (the Holy Ghost) are we all baptized into one body, (the body of Christ) whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.”


MEET GOD’S CONDITION – RECEIVE HIS PROMISE


Listen to me, Saints: That early church knew who Jesus Christ was. They never argued about whether He was the second person of the trinity or not. If you asked them who He was, you would hear, He is the very God of heaven. There was no such thing as a trinity in those days. It took that Antichrist spirit which came later, to introduce that heathen concept of God. In one of the little epistles of John, he wrote, “Every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not God: and this is that spirit of Antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world.” To break that down, it simply means that anyone who denies the deity of Christ, is of the Antichrist spirit. Paul wrote to the Colossians, (2:9) “For in Him (Jesus) dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily.” Every characteristic of God was expressed through Him. He was the very manifestation of the invisible God who could not be seen with the natural eye, but for 3 ½ years His disciples walked and fellowshipped with the very God Jehovah, that no man had ever seen. The apostle John opened his first little epistle, talking about that life which was in the beginning, how it was manifested, and how they saw with their own eyes, and handled with their own hands that Word of life. They soon learned that He was the master of every situation, and came to lean upon Him completely. He became their crutch, because they were just natural men who recognized that they were privileged to fellowship with deity. Yet in spite of all that they knew about Him, if He had not sent His Spirit back to indwell them, they would have very soon been scattered to the four winds. Even Peter, the most outspoken one among them, became afraid and denied that he even knew Jesus, the night Jesus was arrested. But ten days after He ascended to heaven, Jesus fulfilled a promise He made to them. (Luke 24:49) ‘And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high.” They received that promise on the day of Pentecost, a feast day of the Jews that drew people to Jerusalem from many areas of the known world at that time, and when that Spirit got inside of them, suddenly there were 120 disciples of Jesus, who were as brave as lions. No more would Peter hide from the crowd. No more would he deny that he even knew Jesus. When they stepped out into the street speaking in tongues and glorifying God, some of those pious Jews began to mock, and accuse them of being drunk. What did old Peter do? He stood right there in the midst of them, and said, “Ye men of Judaea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: For these are not drunken, as ye suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of the day. But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel; And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh: and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams.” He quoted scriptures to them until he got their attention. Then he came around to Jesus of Nazareth. He said something like this, (You can read it in the 2nd chapter of Acts.) Jesus was approved by God by the many miracles and wonders and signs, which God did by Him in the midst of you. Yet ye have taken Him, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain, but God raised Him up, loosing the pains of death. Now He is seated at the right hand of God and exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, He hath shed forth this which ye now see and hear. Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both Lord and Christ. Hearing all that Peter had said in those few minutes by the anointing of the Holy Ghost which was then inside him, the hearts of those three thousand orthodox Jews were pricked with conviction. They knew they had been listening to a voice of authority therefore they cried out, Men and brethren, what shall we do? Their question was the same as what the old Philippian jailer asked Paul and Silas, twenty years later. Not the exact words, but the same question. He said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? They answered, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house. They took that opportunity to preach the gospel to him and to all that were in his house. We are in the 16th chapter of Acts right now, and I want you to pay close attention to this next verse, (33) for to me it proves that those early Christians emphasized the importance of proper water baptism in the salvation experience. Notice now. “And he (the jailer) took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, straightway.” His whole household believed, and was baptized that very night. It was the same with the Ethiopian eunuch that Phillip preached Christ to. The first thing he wanted to do was get baptized. Then those modern day preachers have the nerve to stand up and tell folks that baptism is not essential to their salvation; and that it is just a testimony of what has taken place in their life. Tell me this, Who was this eunuch testifying to? There was no one else around except Phillip. Brother! When you leave out baptism, you have left out an essential part of the gospel. That is why we should not hesitate to answer just like Peter did, “Repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, (That is the absolute condition upon which you are promised the gift of the Holy Ghost. First you repent, then you get baptized for the remission of all the unholy deeds of your life.) And ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” You do not have to beg God to keep His word. You just meet the condition, and He will automatically perform His part, without you even asking Him to. Genuine faith in God, will lay hold upon a promise from His word, just like Abraham did concerning the son God promised him. Also, genuine faith will see Jesus Christ like Thomas finally did. After he got a chance to see the pierced hands and side of Jesus, he cried out. “My Lord and my God.” Jesus then said to him, “Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: (Believed what? That He is both Lord and God.) Blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.” Every person that has experienced the new birth since those early days of Christianity, has had to depend upon the written testimony of those who did see with their own eyes, but they all had to know who Jesus is, in order to have such an experience. In verses 30 and 31, of the 20th chapter of John, after telling about Thomas, John goes ahead and says that Jesus did many other signs in the presence of His disciples, that are not written, “But these are written, that ye (you and I) might believe that JESUS IS THE CHRIST, THE SON OF GOD; and that believing ye might have life through HIS NAME.” We are living in a day when great multitudes of so called Christians are proclaiming that Jesus Christ is the Son of God, and they are deceived into believing that they are born again because of it, but when you examine their testimony, you find that they look upon Him as the second person of a trinity of Gods, and we know that such a belief about Him in our age, after God has restored the truth of His word, will not produce the new birth. You can turn on your radio or television on Sunday morning, and hear a dozen different versions of what they call the gospel of Christ, yet there is only one true revelation to be preached about Him.


PERVERTED SEED MARS PURE REVELATION


In the first age of Christianity, every apostle, every prophet, every evangelist, pastor and teacher that went out, preached and taught the same thing. Of course they used their own words, but the revelation was exactly the same. They sowed good seed and God’s law of reproduction produced a good crop. They had no Christian seminaries to go to; any man who felt a true calling of God upon his life for the ministry, just sat right in his local assembly until such time as his calling was vindicated by God. He did not have to run off to a school somewhere, to learn how to preach; he just kept his place in his local assembly until his revelation of the gospel was complete, and then, the Holy Ghost in him already knew how to preach, or teach, or whatever his ministry was to be. Every local assembly was taught the same thing; therefore it was not necessary for anyone to go looking for a better place to learn about God. In those days the devil tried to use Judaism to kill all the Christians, and when that did not work for him, he used Paganism in an effort to kill all of them, but the harder he tried, the more they ran into the arms of Jesus. As many of those Christian martyrs died, they could be heard crying out, “Jesus, forgive them, they know not what they do.” The stubborn will of those old pagans began to be broken down, and the Holy Ghost would get hold of them, and bow their heads, and bend their knees, and bring them to the plan of salvation. They could not conquer that early church, because Christ was in it. They lived and demonstrated the power of God just like Jesus did, before the devil finally succeeded in his plan to sow perverted seed among them. That is what I meant earlier, when I said, that the devil did the same thing to the body of Christ, the second Adam, that he did to Eve who was from the body of the first Adam; he managed to plant a wrong seed in her, that kept her (the church) from reproducing herself according to the original pattern. We have said many times, that the church at Ephesus was the model church. Those other six, found in Revelation, chapters 2 and 3, were all lit from the gospel fire that burned at Ephesus during the more than two years Paul preached there. In Acts 19:10, we are told that all Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus during that time, both Jews and Gentiles, so Ephesus was the model church. But by 96 A.D. when the Lord appeared to John, on the Isle of Patmos, the church at Ephesus had already begun to depart from their pure revelation. Something had drawn their attention away from their first love. They were instructed to remember from whence they had fallen, and repent, and return to their first works; or else. They had already been receiving seed from that Antichrist spirit, and it was seed of death, just like Eve received through the serpent when she was still pure. That Nicolaitan doctrine, through a gradual process, sowed death among them until by 325 A.D., the church was in so much confusion and turmoil, that the old Roman emperor Constantine, called together a council to establish doctrine for the church to be guided by. That is commonly referred to as the Nicaea Council. What a tragedy! There they had a carnal minded old Roman emperor presiding over a disputable number of bishops, somewhere between 270 and 318 in number, and they had met there at Nicaea to deal with Arianism, which is referred to as a fourth century heresy. The trinity teaching did not originate at the Nicene Council, for in 318 A.D. a fellow named Arius began teaching a doctrine that became known as Arianism. He denied the divinity of Jesus Christ, and claimed that He was only a creature, made out of nothing like all other created beings; therefore He could not be God. He asserted that there is only one person in the godhead, and that one person is the Father. He said very little of the Holy Spirit, except to deny that He is God. It is easy to understand why there was confusion in the churches, when a fellow teaching something like that, had already gained a following. It just goes to show how the devil can pervert things when he is given any right of way at all. Now Arius had something in him that caused him to know that God was not three person, but he no doubt, tried to straighten it out by carnal reasoning; therefore his doctrine was just as detrimental to the truth, as the trinity teaching could ever be. Christianity is founded upon the revelation that Jesus Christ was God in human flesh. If you take away His divinity, you have no foundation left. Even Constantine knew that, and he thought he would get it settled once and for all. That is why he called the council together at Nicaea. They branded Arius as a heretic, and adopted terminology that declared the Son of God to be of the same substance as the Father. Over a period of years they finally got their trinity doctrine worked out, but we always point back to 325 A.D. as the year that Satan struck what he thought was a death blow to the church. He succeeded in getting all those bishops to sign a universal creed, that was void of revelation, and only a half truth, and therefore such a church could never again reproduce anything that would resemble the original church in Acts. Death has struck the church. You all know what happens when seed is cast into the ground; it dies. God’s law makes that a natural process. It dies from its original identity. Now let us go right back to St. Mark 4:26, and read that scripture again. Then we will go to St. John 12:24, and catch another one to complete the thought. Notice, “And He said, So is the kingdom of God, as if a man should cast seed into the ground; and should sleep, and rise night and day, and the seed should spring and grow up, he knoweth not how. For the earth bringeth forth fruit of herself; first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear. But when the fruit is brought forth, immediately he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come.” There are some key words in these four verses that can open your understanding. First, He said the kingdom of God is like this. Now we have already settled it; the kingdom of God is His church. Alright, so God knew, when He planted the church on the day of Pentecost that it would go through a process of death, but He also knew He had set a law of reproduction in motion. Any seed planted in the ground would eventually reproduce itself back to the original. (Now saints if you are following the thought, you are beginning to see that what happened to the church was no surprise to God.) What did Jesus say? First comes the blade, or stalk. No farmer ever plants corn or wheat just to harvest a stalk that springs forth from it. That simply points to the fact that Jesus was not going to return for the rapture of the church in the days of Martin Luther, nor John Wesley, nor any other of those leaders of the Reformation. That was the stalk from which a replica of the original church would come later. But please notice the real point of verse 29. “When the fruit is brought forth, IMMEDIATELY he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come.” When the true church of the living God is finally restored back to the very image of the original seed that was present in the book of Acts, she will not be left around very long for Satan to tamper with. “IMMEDIATELY HE PUTTETH IN THE SICKLE, BECAUSE THE HARVEST IS COME.” Remember, Jesus used this parable to show what the kingdom of God would be like.


MULTIPLICATION OF A GOOD SEED


The more I think about how hard the devil has worked for 6000 years, against the plan of God, the more wrapped up I become, for I can see that in spite of all the efforts of Satan and his carnal gang of perverts, God is still going to have what He set out to have in the beginning. Satan has made a mess out of everything along the way, and in the midst of all of it, God has still been able to receive glory and honor unto Himself, in one way or another. It thrills me to see how God is going to have a finished product, just exactly the way it is portrayed right here in His book. When you read and realize how much of what at one time was prophesy, and now it is history, it makes those prophesies that are yet to be fulfilled even more exciting. We are living in an age when just about every time you turn on the national news, it just makes the prophesies of the Bible come right up before your eyes, and when you take a good look at this world of religion, you can certainly understand what Jesus was talking about in the parable of the tares that was sown among the wheat, or the children of the wicked one, that was planted among the children of the kingdom of God. Let us read that one verse from John 12:24 now, and see if we get it connected up with our thought. Jesus spoke these words just a short time before He was to be arrested, and later crucified. “Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except a corn of wheat fall into the ground and die, it abideth alone; but if it die, it bringeth forth much fruit.” This parable spoke of His own death that would soon be a reality to those that loved Him, yet there was no way for them to know that at the time. We read it, and it is so clear to us. He was God’s original seed that was to be planted in the earth, and from that one seed, God’s law of reproducing with increase, would raise up many seed in His place. A grain of wheat just laid up someplace, would never reproduce itself. It would remain singular as long as it was left there. Yet if you take it, and plant it in the ground, a law of God will go to work on it, and the first thing you know, you have a whole handful of seed from the life of that one seed. Do you see what a beautiful picture Jesus actually painted here? The first crop from that one seed amounted to one hundred and twenty, and the first crop from that 120 amounted to about three thousand. Praise God! This was CERTIFIED SEED. It was guaranteed to reproduce a good crop. Hallelujah! There the life went out of Jesus, as He hung there with a cruel mob watching, but just a little over seven weeks later, that life was being demonstrated through 120 souls that were exemplifying the very likeness, the very characteristics, and attributes that were in Jesus. This is what the seed of the woman had reproduced. They were certified, just like He was. Their parental background was registered in heaven. Through redemption they were exact copies of the original seed. Their revelation was pure, their motives and outlook on life was the same as His, and God was so interested in keeping that seed pure in those days, He even killed two people just for lying. Satan could not tamper with the pure revelation that was in that first generation of Christians. He killed a lot of them, but he could not pervert their revelation. They went into the ground glorifying God. Jesus Himself had demonstrated to them how to die with dignity. Hanging there on the cross, He cried out, Father, forgive them; for they know not what they do. It must have tore the hearts out of His disciples who witnessed the events of that day. The very one they had placed so much confidence in, coming to such an end. What they failed to understand from what He had taught them, was that this was not the end; it was the beginning of God’s great redemption process. He knew that He must die, in order for that life in Him to spring forth in others, but they had not understood that.


MEETING THE RESURRECTED JESUS


Those two fellows that Jesus communed with on the road to Emmaus were a good example of how His disciples were affected. Jesus came up beside them as they walked along talking about all the things that had happened, and said to them, “What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? Cleopas answering Him, said, Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast thou not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? And He said unto them, What things? (He was really giving them a chance to tell it all.) And they said unto Him, concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: And how the chief priests and our rulers delivered Him to be condemned to death, and have crucified Him. But we trusted that it had been He which should have redeemed Israel.” (They had their mind on a material kingdom, and their hopes were shattered by His crucifixion.) Jesus let them talk on for awhile, and then He said, “O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into His glory?” Then He started with the writings of Moses, and expounded the scriptures to them of all the things that were written of Him, and they still did not recognize Him until He sat down to eat with them, and when He blessed the bread and brake it, and gave some to them, their eyes were opened, and they knew who He was. He then vanished out of their sight, and left them to talk among themselves again, but now their conversation is different than before. Listen to them. “Did not our heart burn within us, while He talked with us by the way, and while He opened to us the scriptures?” They are all stirred up now, and head right back to Jerusalem, to all the apostles. Then while they are telling what happened, Jesus suddenly appeared in the midst of them saying, “Peace be unto you.” But it scared them half to death. They thought they had seen a Ghost. He finally got them settled down a little, by showing them His hands and His feet, where they had been pierced. He ate some fish and honeycomb they gave Him, and then He took them right to the scriptures saying, “These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms, concerning me.” After taking them through the many scriptures that spoke of Him, He then opened their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures, and said unto them, (we are in Luke 24:46) “Thus it is written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: And that REPENTANCE and REMISSION OF SINS should be preached in His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem.” After telling them what was to be done for the benefit of lost mankind, He reminded them that they were witnesses of all that had taken place in those days, and then said unto them, “And, behold, I send the promise of my Father upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high.” After speaking these words, He led them out as far as Bethany, lifted up His hands, and blessed them, and while He blessed them, He ascended up into heaven. He left those disciples standing there gazing up into the heavens. Two angels, which were in their midst also, said unto them, “Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.” (Acts 1:11) It is no wonder all those first century saints expected Jesus to return in their life time. After witnessing the fact that He had risen from the dead, why would they not expect Him to return immediately to finish all that they knew the Messiah was supposed to do? Nevertheless they returned to Jerusalem according to His instructions, to wait for the promise of the Father, and during those days they chose Matthias to take the place of Judas with the other eleven apostles.


ENTERING THE BODY OF CHRIST


In the first chapters of the book of Acts we see this great process starting. These disciples of Jesus have a commission to preach repentance and remission of sins in His name, among ALL NATIONS, beginning at Jerusalem, but they had to wait for something they did not yet have. In Acts 1:5, we read where Jesus said to them, concerning the promise of the Father, “For John truly baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence.” When they began questioning Him about the restoration of the kingdom of Israel, He answered, “It is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father hath put in His own power. But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judaea, and in Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth.” By this, they knew they were to receive the Holy Ghost, but they still did not know what kind of an experience to look for, so they just went back into the city and waited, like He told them to do. I do not know what they did with their time, while they waited, but I imagine they spent a lot of time rehearsing the events of the past few days, and in prayer. One thing we do know, though, ten days later, when the day of Pentecost had dawned, they were all assembled together in an upper room, (about 120 souls) and they were all in one accord, when suddenly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing might wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. Here comes the promise of the Father, so let us notice what happened. (Acts 2:1-4) “And there appeared unto them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of them. And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to speak with other tongues, (not unknown tongues) as the Spirit gave them utterance.” Now they were ready to preach. They had all the degrees and diplomas they needed. Jesus had taught them for 3 ½ years concerning the scriptures, and now they have the same Spirit in them, that was in Him. When they went out to preach, it was actually Jesus Christ still working. The only difference was that He was using different vessels. It was His Spirit, unfolding His nature, displaying His characteristics, His attributes, and such like, and wherever they went, people knew they had been with Jesus. Furthermore, not a single one of them had been to school to learn how to preach. They had the preacher inside of them; all they had to do was let him do the talking, just like Peter did, when he went to the house of Cornelius, in Acts 10. No one had instructed him, how he should preach the gospel to this group of Gentiles. Up until then, Jews and Gentiles had no dealings with each other, but the spirit had said to Peter, Arise and go with the men that seek thee, doubting nothing, for I have sent them. Brothers and sisters, it is such a shame in our day, if you even mention being a minister, the first question you hear is, What school did you go to? I will never forget something that happened while we were still in the Methodist church. Our student pastor was going to take another church, and that would leave us to get someone else. Some of the people said to me, Bro. Jackson: Would you take the pastorate, if we talk to the district superintendent, and get his approval? I said that I would, and when Sunday afternoon rolled around, time for the spring conference, the district superintendent came down. The men from different churches talked to him, and finally, some of them came out where I was, and said, we are sorry Bro. Jackson, but he would not consent to it. He said the Indiana Methodist conference had ruled that all upcoming preachers, seeking a pastorate, must have at least two years of college, or so much seminary training. In other words, they must be trained for the job. I went home from that meeting, very discouraged, knowing that I had no educational degree to offer on my behalf. I did not know any Greek, nor Hebrew, but I did know what my Lord had done in my own life. So down in the old cow stable that evening, just before time to get ready to go to church that night, I looked right up through all the spider webs, and everything in that old barn, and said, Lord, if that is the way it has to be: I will never preach again as long as I live. But I will do my best to live for you, no matter what. I said, Lord, I just do not believe I need to go off to school somewhere, in order to be able to tell people how to become a child of God. That very night, I had a dream from the Lord. Jesus came to me in that dream, and let me know that I was going to receive the Holy Ghost. Days passed, and I did not know for sure what it was all leading up to. Then it began to dawn upon me that I was on my way out of the Methodist church. In reality, I was really on my way in, into the body of Christ. You know what 1st Cor. 12:13 says. We have read it many times. “For by one Spirit (the Holy Ghost) are we all baptized into one body, (the body of Christ) whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free, and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.” If you have never had that baptism, you are not in the body of Christ. Saints, I am so glad He saw fit to deal with my life like He did. I appreciate it from the depths of my heart. It just goes to show, that God is still running His program; man only thinks he is running it for Him. Natural men take the time to get the whole program legislated, and recorded on the books. They set up their rules and regulations, how the whole system is going to operate and be disciplined, and by the time they get all of that done, God has already gone off and left them. But by then, they are so busy with their rituals, they do not even realize that He is no longer among them. That is why Revelation 3:20, portrays Jesus standing outside the door of Laodicea, knocking. The Laodicean age has programmed the Spirit of God right out of the picture. It has come down to an individual thing. Notice what He says, “Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any MAN (or person) hear my voice, and open the door, (that would be the door to your heart,) I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me.” The church systems will not let Him in. He is locked out. But, thank God, those who are on the inside, and hear Him knocking at the door, can let Him into their own personal life. That would be those who, even though they are still sitting in those systems, they are disturbed, they have a gnawing hunger in their spirit for something they are not receiving. They hear what is going on, but they have their ears tuned for some other sound, somewhere, and when they hear that knock on the door: praise God, they are ready to respond. “Raymond Jackson, you come, and go with me.” That is exactly how it happened. He let me know that I could no longer stay in that Methodist church, going their way, to serve Him. “God is a Spirit, and those that worship Him, must worship Him in spirit, and in truth.” You just simply cannot do that, as long as you are trying to keep up with the programs of some church system. When you find that straight and narrow way that leads to life, it will always lead you out of spiritual Babylon.


MANIFESTATION OF THE SPIRIT OF CHRIST


As we return to our main thought now, just remember this; when you receive the baptism of the Holy Ghost, you have received the selfsame Spirit that was the life of Jesus Christ; therefore it ought to begin to do in you, what it did in Him. It caused Him to order His whole life, completely submitted to the will and purpose of God. When that 120 disciples came out of that upper room speaking in tongues and glorifying God, no one looked at any of them, and said, There is Jesus Christ. No. Physically, they were still who they always were, but inside them, was the same God that had been in Jesus, when He walked with them. The only difference was in their genetics. Physically they still had fallen attributes, but spiritually, they were just like Jesus, “CERTIFIED.” In them, was God’s Spirit, God’s life, God’s nature, God’s characteristics, and it was all being demonstrated wherever any of them went. When the apostle Paul told the Romans that the kingdom of God was not meat and drink; but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost, he said a mouth full. There is no real comparison, that the human mind can comprehend. Trying to visualize how a sovereign, holy, righteous God would pick up an old drunk, out of the gutter, clean him up, and allow him to become a temple of God, is almost more than the natural mind can cope with, but, Glory to God, it is a reality. Those twelve apostles of Jesus were just plain men, fishermen, tax collectors, and such like. The religious people of their day probably would not have given them the crumbs from their table, to keep them from starving to death. Yet Jesus, knowing their hearts, called them to follow Him, and in three and one half years of time, they became spiritual giants. They knew more about God than all the Scribes and Pharisees put together. They never found it necessary to put on long robes, and stand on the street corner, praying long prayers, nor any of the other ritualistic practices of those pious religious leaders who were supposed to be representing God to the people of their day. None of these men stood out in any great way until after they received the Holy Ghost on the day of Pentecost. After that, the picture really changed. We have already talked about Peter’s sermon there in the streets of Jerusalem where the first three thousand believed and were baptized. Next we see Peter and John, on their way into the temple to pray, and they stopped to heal a lame man that had been lame all his life, and that gave Peter an opportunity to preach another sermon. It got them locked up over night, but another five thousand souls believed the gospel. The following day, when they were brought before the high priest and his kindred for questioning, the rulers of the Jews asked them, “By what power, or by what name have ye done such a thing?” Just listen to the fellow that tried to hide the night Jesus was arrested, for fear of these same rulers, but here he is a short time later standing right in the midst of the whole gang of them, full of the Holy Ghost, and ready to meet them every one head on. Acts 4:8, we pick up his answer. “Ye rulers of the people, and elders of Israel, If we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what means he is made whole; Be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by Him doth this man stand here before you whole. (Notice how personal he gets with his words.) This is the stone which was set at naught of you builders, which is become the head of the corner. Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved.” Peter laid the word on that gang of seminary graduates, just like Jesus did, over in the 8th chapter of John. When the session was over they turned Peter and John loose, but they commanded them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus. But Peter and John answered them, “Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, Judge ye. For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.” Brother, they had something shut up inside them, that would not let them keep quiet. Every time a door was opened, out came the gospel of Jesus Christ. Just to show you how these “certified seed” reproduced, let us notice two or three verses in the 5th chapter of Acts. After Ananias and Sapphira lied to the Holy Ghost, and were struck dead in their tracks, great fear came upon the church, and upon all that heard of their fate. Those people knew that if they were not genuine, they had better stay clear of what was going on. There were no make-believers in that crowd. Verse 12, “And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people; (just like it was when Jesus walked among them. He was still doing the same works among the people, but through many different vessels of clay, instead of just one.) And they were all with one accord in Solomon’s porch. And of the rest durst no man join himself to them; but the people magnified them. And believers were the more added to the Lord, multitudes both of men and women.” We will not read any farther, but this is where they brought their sick folks out into the streets on beds, hoping that at least the shadow of Peter might overshadow some of them as he passed by. People possessed with all kinds of unclean and evil spirits were brought into the midst of them from other cities round about Jerusalem, and they were all healed. By this time the church numbered into the thousands. But you know what happened; Satan’s gang arrested them again, put them in prison without even a trial. That night, the angel of the Lord opened the prison doors, brought them out, and said to them, “Go, stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this life.” Early the next morning they went right to the temple and taught the people, just like they were instructed to do. Later, when the high priest and his council finally found them, and had them brought before the council, the high priest said, “Did not we straitly command you that ye should not teach in this name? Now you have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us.” Do you know what their answer was? “We ought to obey God rather than men.” Those apostles started right in, and preached another little short sermon that cut those pious Jews to the heart. This gang did not repent though; they had murder in their eyes. They began trying to find a way to slay them. They could not do it openly because of the multitude of believers. By the counsel of one of their notable doctors of the law, they decided to just beat them, and turn them loose, commanding them not to speak in the name of Jesus anymore. They left that council rejoicing because they were counted worthy to suffer shame for the name of Jesus. Then they went right back to the temple, and in every house where they could, and continued to teach and preach Jesus Christ. The only thing that could stop those first age Christians from preaching and testifying about Jesus Christ, was death itself. Satan did not have enough threats to shut them up.


LIFE ITSELF DOES NOT DIE


Some people feel that the church is already restored back to its original image, and others believe that we are foolish, even to expect that it ever will be. I have news for both groups. What we have just read, showing the reality of the living Christ in those early disciples is all we need, to know that the church has not yet been brought back to its original image, and the scriptures we are using from St. Mark 4:26-29, is all we need to know that it will be restored to that image, before the rapture (harvest) takes place. I am criticized and ridiculed because I teach like this, but I am fully persuaded by the scriptures, that before the church of the living God is ever taken to glory, she will again have literal, living apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors and teachers, just like she did in that first age. She started out a perfect church, and she will end up a perfect church. That is exactly what Jesus was setting forth in that parable. Brother Branham did not have to say so; Jesus had already said it. We are going to take that parable step by step, and by the help of God, show you exactly what Jesus meant by what He said, and show you what part Bro. William Branham’s message to this age, played in the overall picture. Some of you believe that Bro. William Branham’s message was to perfect the church, but I hope to show you just exactly what it did do, as we once again look at this parable. (Mark 4:26-29) “So is the kingdom of God, (the church) as if a man should cast seed into the ground; and should sleep, and rise night and day, and the seed should spring and grow up, he knoweth not how. For the earth bringeth forth fruit of herself, first the blade, then the ear, But when the fruit is brought forth, immediately he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come.” Since Jesus used this agricultural parable to set forth a spiritual truth: if we are to understand that truth, we must follow the life of that seed corn through its process of reproduction. Literally, when you plant corn, it is just a few days until you see the little green shoots coming forth from the ground, so to make an application to the church, that sleeping and rising night and day has to be that people from generation to generation will fall asleep, and others will rise to fill their place, and then they will fall asleep in like manner. But through the whole process, the life of God which has been set in motion, never dies. It is destined to bring forth life in some kind of identity. Alright, so it should spring up and grow, he knoweth not how. When you study the natural vegetative life, you do not know exactly what goes on, down there in the soil. About the only thing you know about it, from the time you plant it until you see it coming up again, in another form, is that it first dies. Once it dies, then that life that was in it comes back in another form. It never looks like the original at first; any farmer knows that. But you give it time, and I promise you, it will return to its original likeness. “The earth bringeth forth fruit of herself.” That means that the earth has within it the potential, the elements, the nutrients, so that when certain established seed laws are met, those elements will respond and give forth that which is required. God knowing that there were other predestined souls to come forth in this world of lost mankind, just let the right seed fall to the ground. Hallelujah! From that original seed, others are destined to come forth, that will rise to walk in newness of life, and in the fellowship and likeness of Jesus Christ.


EXAMINING A STALK OF CORN


Two thousand years ago when the true gospel hit this pagan, Gentile world, sinners began coming to it, because the elements were lying right there. The Jews had already received it, for it was presented to them first, according to the foreknown plan of God. Not every Jew, but those that were predestined. As we examine this parable, we immediately discover that Jesus did not break it down to show every detail. He just gave a general picture. “First the blade.” That is not to mean that it has just one blade. No matter whether you are talking about wheat, oats, barley, rye, corn, or whatever, the blade here, mean, the stalk. A stalk of corn will usually have 4, 5, or 6 blades on it. A little stalk of wheat 3, 4, or 5, but never just one. He simply uses the word blade to show that the stalk comes before the ear, and the ear is the head, where the grain is going to appear. The ear itself is a general term, whether you are dealing with wheat or corn. With corn you are dealing with a cob, but with wheat, oats, or barley, you are dealing with what is called the head. This is the area where the kernels will form, which is actually the multiplied seed that you are waiting to harvest. Again, I ask you plainly, Why would Jesus use such an infallible, parabolic illustration, to tell us what the church is likened unto, if in reality the church is not going to return completely to its apostolic likeness? Any preacher who has the Holy Ghost ought to be able to study the parables of Jesus concerning the kingdom of God, and settle his mind on the fact that God is going to harvest a church that is exactly like the one that we read of in the first chapters of the book of Acts. Not only doctrinally, but every fiber of it, all of what it is made of. “First the blade, then the ear, and after that the full corn in the ear.” There are two different realms of vegetative growth involved here. Once the law of nature establishes that last blade on the stalk, you could never pour enough fertilizer and water around it, to cause it to put forth another blade. The law of life in that stalk will not allow it. The next thing is the head or cob, whether it is wheat, or corn. But even after the complete ear or head is formed, it still has a cycle of maturing to go through before it is harvested. Let us just look at a stalk of corn for a minute. After the last blade has formed on the stalk, and you see a little tassel forming in the top, look down below the top blade and you will see a little thing forming there. We call it a shoot. Right there, is where the ear is going to be. As you watch from day to day that little ear gets larger and larger. Do you know what is happening? There is a little hard thing forming inside, called a cob. We do not plant corn just to get a cob, but we have to accept the cob as part of the reproductive process. Neither do we plant corn, to get a tassel, but we have to accept it anyhow. Farmers have to be able to recognize what is taking place, lest they become disillusioned by what they see in their fields. It is the same with this parable. The Holy Ghost in any born again believer, should cause them to realize that we are living in a day when there are changes taking place in the realm of religion, and those changes are not giving life to Catholicism. Neither are they giving life to Protestantism either. You can pray and fast until you drop dead, but you will never see those denominational church revived again. Methodism is dead. It is a dead blade. So is the Baptists. Oh, Brother Jackson, you must be wrong; we just built a new church building, and we are getting new members every week. I don’t care if you did, nor if you get ten thousand members, your system is a dead blade; it will never have life again. You cannot force something beyond the laws that God has set to govern it. Looking right back to the parable and to the stalk of corn, I promise you this, When the kernels begin to appear on those corn cobs, death is striking that stalk. It starts at the bottom and works its way up. Then, “When the fruit is brought forth, (that means when it reaches its matured stage) immediately he putteth in the sickle, because the harvest is come.” Brothers and sisters, that word harvest has no reference whatsoever to lost souls. It applies to the reaping of the finished product. The finished product incorporates lost souls; that is what it is all about, but it is lost souls that have been found by the preaching of the gospel, and they have been washed by the water of the word of God, and brought to a perfected stage. Therefore we must establish in our minds, the fact that Jesus used this parable in reference to the overall kingdom of God that would go through such a cycle of death, and then be restored to its original perfectness and caught up to heaven. Naturally when we speak of the early church being perfect, we are not speaking of perfect flesh of anyone other than Jesus Himself. But their revelation, their doctrine, their outlook and potential was just exactly what God wanted. That is why we can say that the seed that was planted back there was certified. It was pure in every aspect, because it came right out from the life of God. As for the flesh side of the individuals that made up the church, it will take on its perfection in the resurrection, when He harvests the whole church. Therefore let all who read this message; be aware of the fact that God’s first concern is to get our inner man cleaned up and get us looking heavenward. Then He can talk to use and lead us so that we bear fruit of the Spirit of our creator. That is just the opposite of our former estate where we were on a continual downward course of decay and debotchery, following after Satan’s evil devices. When He gets us looking up, yearning and thirsting to be more God-like, then He can talk to us supernaturally. He never talks to anyone through theology, He has nothing to do with any of that.


SATAN’S HYBRID RELIGION


After poor old Martin Luther had completely exhausted himself studying Catholic theology, and wore out ever so many pairs of pants crawling around, in his prayer rituals, he became so disheartened that he was actually weeping inwardly, and that is when God spoke to him supernaturally, “Martin Luther: The just shall live by faith.” It had been right there in the Bible all along, but it had to be quickened (made alive) to him. That true revelation made all of his theology useless. That is why he went and sold everything, and bought the field where the treasure had been lost. He no longer needed all that ritualistic junk. In other words, we could say he had a yard sale. Of course we get this from one of the parables Jesus spoke, found in Matthew 13:44, “Again, the kingdom of heaven is like unto treasure hid in a field; the which when a man hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth and selleth all that he hath, and buyeth that field.” You remember when we were explaining the hybrid process with corn, I said that every now and then you would find a stalk in a field of nice corn, that had actually produced a little bunch of kernels that looked just like the maize the Indians raised. In other words after all that hybridizing, every now and then, out comes something that resembles the original product that you started with. After Satan had hybridized the church for over a thousand years, trying to breed out any genuine Godlike quality that was in it, out popped Martin Luther with something that resembled the original. If the devil had not been allowed to throw the church off course, she would have been gone a long time ago, but it was in God’s purpose to allow it to go like it did, because of predestined souls of this 20th century. Satan crossbred the original seed as it began to die, and as a result he came up with a church system that has been a mockery to God’s original for over a thousand years. When we were talking earlier about how you get a hybrid seed, you will recall that I said, a hybrid seed is not produced in just one year; you have to keep replanting and remating with something that has the desired qualities you want in your seed. That is exactly what Satan did with the church. He kept on planting and replanting until he bred out the one God revelation, and came up with three Gods. That fulfilled the parable where Jesus said, Let them grow together, or we will say, It put the parable in effect. There you had a condition where true seed and perverted seed had to exist side by side, but Satan saw to it, that Christianity was pollinated with every kind of perverted doctrine that his evil mind could produce. Out of his cross breeding emerged the Catholic church. Catholicism is Satan’s hybrid religion. There is very little, if anything at all, that resembles Biblical Christianity. You certainly cannot say that the five fold ministry in the apostolic church was a priesthood, so how come Catholicism produced one? You do not read where the early apostles imparted the Holy Ghost to believers by placing a little wafer on their tongues, so why do the Catholic priesthood go about it that way? If those poor souls receive any spirit at all, it is a spirit of paganism. Catholicism is a cross between the foundation of Christianity and ancient paganism. They took the original gospel and just kept on pollinating it with perversion until a trinity came up in place of one God. Sprinkling in the titles of their trinity came up in the place of immersion in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. Every major doctrine of the Bible was bred out of that hybrid seed. Predestination, eternal security, holiness, baptism of the Holy Ghost, true repentance, all of what made that early church perfect, had been bred out of what stood in the place of that early church. As a result, the world went through the darkest period of human history, commonly known as the Dark Ages. They laid down the sword of the Spirit, (the word of God) and took up a literal sword. You have read of the so called Christian crusades. Those poor souls either had to become a Catholic, or have their heads cut off. About seven miles from where Bro. Strommen lives, in Norway, is where the king of Norway fought against the Catholics that had been converted. (Every year they have a reenactment of that.) Those that had been converted to Catholicism were going to force Catholicism throughout all of Norway, and their king refused to become one of them. That is how carnal minds read Matthew 28:19-20. “Go ye therefore and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: Teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.” They went out with literal swords instead of the sword of the Spirit, to make disciples of every nation. But like every other hybrid seed, if you keep on planting it, every now and then an odd ball will pop out. That odd ball that popped out somewhere around 1480 and 1490, was Martin Luther. That just goes to show that no matter how dark it gets, God will always preserve a little glimmer of light somewhere. Out of all that hybrid seed, here was one that showed traces of that ancient nature of the original seed. He was going back to the old open pollinated nature, which is God’s law of genetics in force. The church that died way back there, had put out a new shoot from the ground, and here was the first blade. Brothers and sisters, let me remind you again, as I have before; that a parable does not cover every detail of what it is setting forth, so just remember this, take the profile and allow the Holy Ghost to fill it in for you. With this stalk of corn we can only give you a profile of the route the church followed from its inception right on through the ages, but I am persuaded that there is much truth revealed in these parables. Pay close attention to the process of growth and maturity, and you will be able to understand why some of the people you have had so much confidence in, through the years, have fallen by the way side. You must remember, that if Jesus used such a parable to show the route of the church through time, there has to be people fulfilling every phase of this reproduction process. On a stalk of corn, you have the blades, the shucks, the cobs, and the tassels that will never be harvested as the product for which you planted the seed. Even the pollination that once had its place right at the top of the stalk, after it has served its purpose, falls to the ground and rots. I am telling you this ahead of time in order that you can be more mindful of what is taking place as we follow the growth of that stalk of corn.


BLADES AND SHUCKS


Satan had his Millennium; one thousand years of darkness, death to the true church. That original seed laid in the ground a long time, but just as the parable says, “The earth bringeth forth fruit of herself; first the blade, (stalk) then the ear, after that the full corn in the ear.” What is it? It is that law of life recycling, and brother, you can never get reincarnation out of this, for it comes back to exactly what it was in its original. All right, so here is Martin Luther, the first blade on that stalk, with justification by faith. A little later, you see another blade on the stalk. That is John Calvin, with eternal security of the believer. Then another, John Knox with predestination. Then around 1700, John Wesley with sanctification of the believer. Now none of this actually measures up to what it was in the book of Acts, but within it is that potential. Just let it grow and watch what happens. If you will try to visualize an actual stalk of corn, you will get another lesson, for each of those blades go in their own direction out from the stalk. Is that not what happened with these restored truths that all belonged to the same body of believers? Each reformer had a following that took his revelation, and pulled off to themselves and built a fence around what they had. But that was right in line with the parable, for the blades on a corn stalk stand out there nice and green and full of life until that life is needed in the actual ear of corn that will form on the stalk later. God used those various movements to carry the life of that original church, though none of them had anything more than just fragments of the original. Out of every one of those movements, came some genuine believers that walked in all the truth that was available to them in their day, and God accepted them. Like we said earlier in the message, God never requires more from anyone, than what they have access to. It is those that flatly refuse to move on with God, that He goes off and leaves. He just lets them run their little programs and reproduce as many like them as they can, but they can never produce a son of God. Most of what you see out here in this world of religion is nothing more than spiritual abortion and miscarriages. The birth that they get so excited about is illegitimate birth. They have been playing around with Satan. Bro. Jackson, why would you say a thing like that? Simply because the apostle Paul said it first. He was the apostle to the Gentiles, and wrote more of the New Testament epistles than anyone else, and when he wrote to the Hebrew assembly, (Heb. 12:6-8) he said this. “For whom the Lord loveth, He chasteneth, and scourgeth every son whom He receiveth. If ye endure chastening, God dealeth with you as with sons; for what son is he whom the father chasteneth not? But if ye be without chastisement, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards, and not sons.” That simply means, you are church members, with a religious philosophy, and religious ideas, but it is all carnal, you do not have the reality of the Spirit of God that it takes to give life. I do not say that to deliberately hurt anyone; I am only interested in telling you what the Bible says. Time has proven that you can take any truth, and go to extremes with it, and miss God altogether. Therefore some took Calvin’s eternal security, and allowed the Spirit of God to keep them in the middle of the road with it, and God accepted them, but those who just made a legalistic doctrine out of it, God rejected. It is as simple as that. It was the same with Knox’s predestination, and Wesley’s sanctification. Wesley accepted what God had been restoring through these other men, but he added, “We believe also, that without peace and holiness no man shall see the Lord.” A man who truly believes, should separate himself from the filthy practices of the world and live a holy life before the Lord. That is what Wesley taught and it sparked a great move of God. That was your fourth blade pushing out there on the stalk. It wasn’t very long until that blade fulfilled its purpose and came to a standstill though. When it became obvious that Methodism wasn’t going any further, out came another blade, the Nazarenes, which actually came out from Methodism, and then, another, Pilgrim Holiness. All the blades were getting into position on the stalk. What is it? The church of the living God, coming back to its original. Hallelujah! Back to its open pollinated identity. She is no longer a hybrid; she is leaving that. Oh, Satan is still planting, but he did not get these others cut down, and they kept on growing. Then out on the end of all that, came what is known as the Pentecostal revival. This was not blades. This was the little shucks beginning to appear on the upper portion of the stalk. (Follow my thought now.) As these little shucks begin to appear we can say, Right there is where the corn will be. But in reality: there is nothing at all present yet, that even resembles corn. For years though, Pentecost actually believed they were that actual original, in likeness, all because they spoke in tongues. Brother, the world is full of people who speak in tongues, today, but they are a far cry from any apostolic identity. That original church did not major on speaking in tongues; their main objective was to be just like Jesus.


TONGUES AND EDUCATION – TWO DECEIVERS


Saints: There are two or three things that I mention quite a bit, and some of you may get the idea that I am against them completely; therefore let me take a moment to assure you that, first of all, I am not against a person getting an education. Everyone should, if they have the opportunity. I am only against the idea that education means anything to God. There are not enough educational degrees in this world to draw you any closer to God than someone else who maybe can just barely read and write a little. That is all I ever mean to imply when I say something along that line. Secondly, I very often say something about all this emphasis that is placed upon speaking in tongues, and some of you may think I am against that, but I am not. Speaking in tongues is a genuine gift of the Holy Ghost, and it has its place in the life of a born again believer, but shame on you, if you believe speaking in tongues proves that you have the Holy Ghost. Demons speak in tongues more than the Holy Ghost ever does, because it is one of Satan’s avenues of deception. Even this character that publishes one of these smut magazines, speaks in tongues and thinks he received the Holy Ghost, but how much is their tongue speaking changing their lives? That is my question. If what they received was a new birth experience, it will clean their lives up, pull them out of spiritual Babylon, and away from sodomy, and every other perversion of God’s original. God does not need pictures of naked women and men, and all those filthy stories to return His true church back to its original identity. The sad truth about it all, is that Christendom as a whole has drifted so far from God, they do not even care any more. That is why Paul wrote to the Thessalonians that God would send strong delusion on those that have no love for the truth, that they might believe Satan’s lie and be damned. When people get so careless, or so obsessed with their religious rituals, that they have no love for truth, nor for God’s standard of holiness, God Himself will send delusion upon them, and they will think everything is alright, when in truth, they are on the threshold of spiritual disaster. I hate to say it, but there are thousands like that, all around you, wherever you go. They will talk religion with you, but they will not accept revealed truth from you. That is why I say, we ought not try to tell everything we know, to just anyone who wants to discuss or argue religion, for many times, you will be casting your precious pearls before swine, if you do.


POLLINATION MESSAGE


Let us return to our parable now. We have the little shuck on the stalk, so next comes the tassel. Are you following me? Do you remember what the tassel does? I know you farmers do, but have any of you made a spiritual application here, yet? It takes the pollination from that tassel to drop down on the little silks that protrude from the shucks if you are ever going to harvest corn from those stalks. Therefore I ask you to pay close attention to my next remarks. Brother Branham’s message to this church age did not, and will not perfect the true church, but it took his message to pollinate Christendom. Did you hear me? I said Bro. William Branham’s message pollinated Christendom. That is why Christ was exemplified in it, as it was. In a stalk of corn or wheat, you have both the male life and the female life. The only thing is, the male life does not show itself until the pollination takes place. When you see that tassel appear up here on the stalk, it is only a few days until it begins to drop a little gummy substance down upon the little silks protruding from the shucks. It has the very genetics of, the male life in it. The male life carries the law of reproduction for that stalk of corn. If it is allowed to pollinate that little ear without interference, it will yield an exact likeness of the grain that was planted in the ground. If you cut the tassel off, and it has nothing else to pollinate it, all you will get is a cob. You can use a corn cob to start a fire in your stove, but you do not plant corn just to get a bunch of cobs. You know what? Hallelujah! You just leave that tassel alone, and I guarantee you, it will carry a message to that whole stalk. Remember now, that corn stalk represents denomination church structure this side of the Dark Ages, and it has to produce something before harvest time. Where did God get the pollination? He reached down into the Baptist, down here in one of these blades, and called out a little man to carry that pollination message to the stalk. Pentecost never did get over that. They were way up here in the top, you know. They were more important than all those blades, so they thought. Every movement that ever came out of something else, always felt that they had finally arrived at the last thing that God had to offer. You know God does not like that kind of spirit; He always reaches back down below them on the stalk when He needs an instrument for some special ministry. He reached down and got this little Baptist man, filled him with the Holy Ghost, and sent him with a message that he was predestined to carry. Oh, Pentecost was singing her songs, “Jesus is Coming Soon,” and such like. He sure is. But the whole thing needed to be pollinated. The life of that whole stalk has to move up there into that shuck before it can ever be harvested. Pentecost thought she was like the original, but all that was there was a bunchy of empty shucks. They were not completely empty, but they did not have what they thought they did. They had bypassed too much of the original doctrine, to be the original church. Do you know what happened? When that pollen started dropping, little whiskers were reaching out of the shucks to grab it. Now there is reason to expect an original reproduction, but it will not be the shucks. It will form within the realm of the shucks, but eventually that shuck will be stripped off and disposed of. Those little whiskers sticking their heads out of those shucks to grab that pollen, represent hungry souls reaching out to grab that 7th church age message. There was Raymond Jackson, down there in Rogers Campground church, hungry, sticking his little old whisker out. I see a lot more sitting here before me. You were sticking your little whiskers out from somewhere. You didn’t exactly know why, but you needed something more than what was in there where you were. Something was going to fall from heaven and pollinate your innermost being.


EVERY BLADE DIES


I mentioned earlier how those little whiskers (silks) come right out of the end of that bunch of shucks. They certainly do not look like corn. Actually they are hollow. They are there to absorb something. They are little feelers, hanging out there waiting for something to fall from heaven. Hallelujah! How many of you remember when you were like that? When the tassel begins to drop its little blooms, those little old whiskers are hanging out there absorbing all they can. Now you can look at the stalk of corn during this process, and you can see the whiskers, and you can see little nodules of pollen lying there, but with the natural eye, you cannot see what is taking place inside that shuck. Those little whiskers are anchored to the cob that has formed within the shuck, and the pollinating message is penetrating right down to the cob, where the grain will form as a result of it. That pollinating bloom only falls for a certain duration of time, and while those little whiskers are pulling it in, all the blades are still green. They still have life in them. Hallelujah! Do you know what that means? God kept light in all those systems to protect his predestined seed until they were pulled out. The systems themselves were already dead, but God stayed with every predestined seed until they were pulled out. The systems themselves were already dead, but God stayed with every predestined soul that was still in them. Now these little whiskers running to the cob, and carrying the message that forms the grain into a body, represents getting back to the word of God. It will pull every predestined soul from the Baptist, the Methodist, the Presbyterian, the Catholic and every other church system, and when that is fully accomplished, there is not one ounce of life left in any of them. The life from that whole stalk goes to the body that has formed in the shuck. Even the shuck dies, so where does that leave Pentecost? Both oneness and trinity alike, just dry up and die when they reject this pollinating message. That is making a general application to the overall picture of religion. As those blades die the little kernels of corn on the cob are filling out. They are still in their milk stage, of course. You press them, and they are easy to injure. That is why you just leave them alone until harvest time. Furthermore some of you may think that pollinating message has already served its purpose, maybe because you heard it twenty years ago, or so. Need I remind you that it has to circle this whole globe, and pull every predestined soul out of every church system, before it has completed its purpose? I hope you are able to see that Bro. William Branham’s message was never meant to perfect the church, but that it was God’s means for calling people out of their systems of spiritual bondage, and back to His original word. Let me remind you also, that when you are watching death strike that corn stalk, the shuck is the last thing that dies. That means Pentecost still has some life after all the rest are dead. There is no question as to whether they will die or not; they are destined to die because they refused to go any further than their predecessors, in doctrine. Besides that, Jesus is the one that gave the parable. I didn’t make all that up out of my own head.


PREDESTINED TO LIFE, OR DEATH


As that cob of corn reaches maturity, the old dead shuck begins to open up and pull away from it. When you see that taking place, you know that the product inside is getting firm and settled. The pressure is off. It is almost time to harvest. I will say this now, a lot of the pressure against God’s true people, from the various elements of this message will only result in the hurt and destruction of themselves. Do you know why I can say that? Because of the parable. Have you ever walked through a corn field and noticed what happens to the pollen that falls to the ground. It just dries up and turns to dust. That is the destiny of a lot of people who have actually been carriers of this message. They served a purpose just like the pollen and the whiskers on the corn stalk, but they never receive the Spirit of eternal life; all of their efforts have been put forth without them having the born again experience themselves. Yes, even the little whiskers die, but they stick with the corn until the very end. Facing reality though, we know that Jesus is not coming for a bunch of whiskers. Neither is He coming for a bunch of sticky little nodules that fell from the tassel. What He is coming for is the product that received the life that was in every bit of that stalk. That has to be the part that is in every way, just like the seed that was planted in the beginning. Hallelujah! He planted one grain only. He did not plant a cob, but He will take the cob, because that is what holds the rest of it together. He planted ONE to get many. Brothers and sisters: If you will allow this little parallel example to draw you a profile of what God has been doing in the earth for the past two thousand years, and not try to make a literal application of every little detail you might think of, you will no longer have a question in your mind about what Jesus is coming back for. Do not measure yourself by anyone else you may be looking at; you measure yourself by what you see in the scriptures. That original seed (Jesus) produced a crop that was just like Him. They were every one just like the original. They were every one good seed, and that is the planting that He is going to reap from. He is not the least bit interested in reaping a crop of Satan’s hybrid. He has waited patiently for open pollination to return it all back to its original parental likeness. One thing we are sure of though; the crop that is coming to maturity in this Laodicean age, is the crop He has waited for. Revelation 8:1, and 10:1-6, are soon to be a reality to this living generation. There must come a time when that last predestined Gentile soul is pulled back to the word of God by the preaching of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ. When that hour arrives God will be ready to move on the scene in Israel through the witness of His two prophets of Revelation 11:3. In the meantime you are still going to witness a lot of child like carnality in the realm of this end time message. Like down in Georgia, this one preacher (I know his name, but I have a little more common respect for some of them than they do for me,) said, If you hear some preacher preaching on the thunders, check, and see if he is carrying a violin case. Now saints, that does not hurt me one bit whatsoever. I am just as happy as if I had my right mind. (They think I am crazy.) But can you imagine Peter, or Paul, or any of those early Christians being so childish? These carnal characters use the same tactics the Catholic church has always used, and also her protestant daughters. Some poor soul hears a truth preached somewhere, and goes to Dr. So and So, to ask his opinion, and what does he hear? You had better stay away from those people; they are a bunchy of fanatics. The priest tells his group, the Pope has never said anything like that; you had better leave that alone. These carnal characters (they will know who they are) say, You had better stay away from that Jackson; he says too much that the prophet never said. Well, Hallelujah! Glory to God! If the Bible says it, the prophet did not have to. God called me to preach His word, not the prophets words. No one ever appreciated Bro. William Branham any more than I, but that brother left the scene before Gods crop was brought to maturity; (perfection) therefore there remained much to be done in the years between 1965, and the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ, and furthermore, I still believe what the apostle Paul wrote to the Ephesians. (4:11-13) “And He (Christ Jesus) gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; (For what?) For the PERFECTING of the SAINTS, for the WORK OF THE MINISTRY, for the EDIFYING OF THE BODY OF CHRIST: (For how long?) Till WE ALL come in the UNITY OF THE FAITH, and of the KNOWLEDGE of the SON OF GOD, (not the knowledge of Bro. William Branham) unto a PERFECT MAN, unto the measure of the STATURE OF THE FULNESS OF CHRIST.” Let someone tell me that the church has already reached that place, and let them prove it to me by the word of God, and then I will wonder why the church is still here. Why would Jesus use such an illustration to show what the kingdom of God is to be like, and then allow it to turn out some other way? Redemption would not be redemption, if God did not get back what He had in the beginning. Jesus was the pattern God gave this dispensation, to show what the first Adam was, and fell from. Paul said, He was the first born among many brethren, and that means, many more just like Him. You may not see it yet, but this message has called a lot of people out of denominations, that will never be in the bride of Christ. You can take that right back to the parable we have been using, and then you can go out into the corn field along about July, and you will see the wind blowing pollen every which way. That is exactly what we are seeing in this pollinating message; preachers running every which way. All of them supposedly, are carrying the prophets message, but each one of them has chosen his own set of the prophet’s statements, and compiled them in such a way as to make the prophet say what he wants said. If you could just gather up all the different versions of this message, that are floating around, I hate to think what kind of mess of confusion you would have, and that is what they say, is supposed to perfect the bride of Jesus Christ.


TRUE REVELATION DOES NOT CHANGE


Faith Assembly: I am going to speak very plainly to you. Don’t you ever think you can follow a revelation of truth, and just coast on through to the end. If you are really standing for truth, you can expect to be bombarded and harassed by every carnal thing the devil has, that he can throw at you. I hope none of you think you can just follow my flesh, and be ready to meet Jesus Christ in the rapture. You are in for a shock, if you do. You will either follow Jesus Christ by your own personal revelation, or you will be left here to meet the Antichrist. Now I want you to hear my next words, and hear them well. If you sit in this assembly five years shouting, Hallelujah! Amen! Then, all of a sudden you jump up and say, All of this is wrong. There is something wrong with you. If it is wrong today, it was wrong five years ago, so why did you stay? Why have you stood thanking God for bringing you here, if what you have been hearing is not the word of God? If you feel that you have wasted five years of your life, don’t blame me. I didn’t drag any of you in here, and I will never follow you, and try to drag you back when you leave. You can be sure of that. If God does not keep you here, I do not want you here. I am not running a popularity program. As a matter of fact, if you are not genuinely serious with God, most of what I preach and teach will be very distasteful to you. If you used to enjoy coming here, and now you do not, What happened? I am still preaching the same as I preached ten years ago; I haven’t changed. I haven’t found anything better to preach. I do not say that to sound boastful, but to give every one of you a reason to search your hearts. Search your hearts, search the word, and choose. That is your part; you have to do it. God has supplied every one of us with everything we need in order to follow Him in our daily walk of life. If we stumble and fall, it is simply because we have not taken advantage of all that is available to us. Naturally the promises in this book (the Bible) are made to believers, but in order to bless His own, it is sometimes necessary for God to send showers of blessings upon others also. That is what Jesus was having reference to in Matthew 5:45. Sometimes it even seems that others are blessed even more than the children of God, but that is when we are looking only with natural vision. Spiritual vision will cause the true believer to look beyond these natural appearances, and consider the final reward of both. One reward is eternal bliss, and the other is the lake of fire. James said this life is only a vapor that appeareth for a little time, and then vanishes away; therefore realizing how true that is, our full attention ought to be devoted to making sure we are on the eternal bliss side, when final rewards are handed out. Do not ever get the idea that just because you believe in predestination and eternal security, you can be deliberately careless with your life and still enjoy the benefits of those two scriptural realities. If that is the attitude you have, you may just find out one day, that you are not a believer after all, for a true believer wants to make sure his life measures up to what he believes. That is the reason that, “By their fruit, ye shall know them.” But you have to be a true believer in order to be a fruit inspector. Otherwise you will just judge according to your traditional ideas of what a Christian should be like. God has this whole thing laid out so perfectly, that natural reasoning misses it a million miles.


GOD COUNSELED WITH HIMSELF


Open your Bible to Ephesians for a few verses, and then we will bring this to a close. Beginning with verse 3, in the first chapter, we will see how God counseled with Himself before He ever started to create anything, so that every person who would ever believe His word, was known of Him, before the foundation of the world. That is why we can say we are predestined. “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, (Paul knew he was not speaking of two persons here; this is just his way of expressing his revelation of God in Christ) who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ. According as He hath CHOSEN US IN HIM BEFORE THE FOUNDATION OF THE WORLD, that we should be holy and without blame before Him in love; Having PREDESTINATED US unto the adoption of children (How?), by Jesus Christ to Himself, ACCORDING TO THE GOOD PLEASURE OF HIS WILL, to the praise of the glory of His grace, wherein He hath made us accepted in the beloved. In whom we have redemption through His BLOOD, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of His grace; Wherein He hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; Having made known unto us the MYSTERY OF HIS WILL, according to HIS GOOD PLEASURE which HE hath purposed in HIMSELF: That in the dispensation of THE FULLNESS OF TIMES He might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are in earth, even in Him. (Notice now) In whom also we have obtained an inheritance, being PREDESTINATED according to the purpose of HIM who worketh all things after the COUNSEL OF HIS OWN WILL.” Hallelujah! Brother! We are not believers because of some chance; we are known of God before the foundation of the world, and He is the one that worked all the circumstances that led up to your own personal salvation experience. Paul goes on to say, that after you believed, you were sealed with that Holy Ghost of promise. That seal is what gives you your eternal security, and those who truly have that seal are not deliberately careless with their lives. That is why we need to examine ourselves, to see if we truly are in faith. If you are without trials and tests, and everything runs smooth for you all the time, Don’t rejoice about that. These are not good signs, for we are living in a day when Satan is using every trick in his evil book, trying to defeat the true people of God in their determination to live a holy life. God has promised to supply your needs; that is true, but He has not promised that everything will run smooth for us all the time. No. He promised just the opposite; but the reward for overcoming makes it all worthwhile.


BECOMING FIRM AND ANCHORED


Having settled in our minds the fact that God is running this whole redemption program according to the counsel of His own will, and knowing that His reproduced seed must mature until it is just exactly like the original, let us take one more little look at our parable, the stalk of corn. All of the vital substance of the whole stalk comes to form the little kernels of corn on the cob. Moisture from that whole stalk is drawn to the kernels, carrying elements, protein, starch, carbohydrates, all of which goes to make up the kernel. As the moisture goes to the kernels, the old stalk just gets drier, and drier, and finally, as it gets close to the end of its process, the old husks turn loose. When the moisture is all gone you can hear a lot of rattling among those old stalks, but I promise you, there is not one ounce of life left in them. (I will let you make the spiritual application.) As the hot sun beats down, in the fall of the year those little kernels really get anchored to that cob. It really takes some effort to get them loose. That is exactly the way true believers get anchored to that cob. It really takes some effort to get them loose. That is exactly the way true believers get anchored to that true restored word of God. They become so firm, so set, so absolutely sure of what they believe and stand for, the devil and all of his little demons together, can never pull them off of that word. As time moves on, and we get closer to the end, true believers will have been tested in every area of their lives, in one way or another, and God’s true ministry will be ironing out all the wrinkles, getting everything in order for Jesus Christ to present the church to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; It will be holy and without blemish. Meanwhile just be patient, love one another with a pure heart, and do not make judgments about your brothers and sisters, when you do not know all the details about something you may have heard. The pollen is still falling, and some of it is falling to the ground, to rot, not having pollinated anything. But above all, May God be glorified, and every believing soul be comforted by the Holy Ghost which is in us for that purpose, as well as to lead and guide us into all truth. Amen.Click here to download a copy of this Contender